WATER POLLUTION CONTROL RESEARCH SERIES 16110 FRU 12/71-12
The River Basin Model:
COMPUTER OUTPUT
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL RESEARCH SERIES
The Water Pollution Control Research Series describes the
results and progress in the control and abatement of pollution
in our Nation's waters. They provide a central source of
information on the research, development, and demonstration
activities in the water research program of the Environmental
Protection Agency, through in-house research and grants and
contracts with Federal, state, and local agencies, research
institutions, and industrial organizations.
Inquiries pertaining to Water Pollution Control Research Reports
should be directed to the Chief, Publications Branch (Water),
Research Information Division, R&M, Environmental Protection
Agency, Washington, D. C. 20460
-------
The RIVER BASIN MODEL:
Computer Output
by
Envirometrics , Inc.
1100 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, B.C. 20036
for the
Office of Research and Monitoring
Environmental Protection Agency
Project #16110 FRU
Contract #14-12-959
December, 1971
-------
EPA Review Notice
This report has been reviewed by the Environmental Protection
Agency and approved for publication. Approval does not sig-
nify that the contents necessarily reflect the views and
policies of the Environmental Protection Agency, nor does
mention of trade names of commercial products constitute en-
dorsement or recommendation for use.
11
-------
COMPUTER OUTPUT MANUAL
I. Introduction to the Model 1
A. Brief Description of the Model 1
B. The Three Sectors 2
1. The Economic Sector 4
2. The Social Sector 5
3. The Public Sector 6
C. The Water Component 8
D. The Local System 8
E. The Unit of Time--A Round 10
F. The Function of the Computer 11
II. Computer Printed Output Description 13
A. Introduction 13
B. Map Output 15
1. Economic Status Map 18
2. Government Status Map 21
3. Socio-Economic Distribution Map 23
4. Demographic Map 25
5. Personal Goods Allocation Map 27
6. Personal Services Allocation Map 29
7. Business Commercial Map 31
8. Utility Map . 33
9. Surface Water Map 35
10. Municipal Treatment Plant Map 37
11. Municipal Inflow and Outflow Point Map 41
12. Water Quality Map 43
13. Water Usage Map 47
14. Municipal Services Map 49
15. School Map 51
16. Highway Map 53
17. Planning and Zoning Map 55
18. Parkland Usage Map 57
19. Market Value Map 60
20. Assessed Value Map 62
21. Farm Assessed and Market Value Map 64
22. Farm Map 66
23. Farm Runoff Map 68
24. River Basin Flood Plain Map 70
25. Topographical Restriction Map 72
26. Social Decision Maker Map 74
C. Summary Information 76
1. Demographic and Economic Statistics 76
2. Summary Information for the Social Sector 80
3. Summary Information for the Economic Sector 86
ill
-------
D. General Information 92
1. Migration Output (Explanation of
Environmental Indexes) 92
2. Water System Output 105
3. Employment Output 114
4. Commercial Output 125
5. Terminal Allocation Output 132
E. Social Sector Detailed Output 135
1. Dollar Value of Time 135
2. Social Decision-Maker Detailed Output 138
3. Social Decision-Maker Boycott Status Output .... 144
F. Economic Decision-Maker Detailed Output 146
1. Financial Summary 146
2. Loan Statement 148
3. Land Summary 150
4. New Construction Table 150
5. Economic Boycott 153
6. Farm Output 153
7. Residence Detail 156
8. Basic Industry Detailed Output 164
9. Commercial Establishment Detail 173
G. Government Sector Detailed Output 181
1. Chairman Output 181
2. Assessment Department Output 185
3. Utility Department Output (Water Outputs) 187
4. School Department Output 201
5. Municipal Services Department Output 207
6. Planning and Zoning Department Output 213
7. Highway Department Output 215
8. Bus and Rail Company Output 220
Appendix A Sequence of Computer Print-Out 229
-------
I. INTRODUCTION TO THE MODEL
A. Brief Description of the Model
In a sense, the RIVER BASIN M.ODLL is a misnomer
because if one places an emphasis on ""River" it leads one
to believe that the model is primarily concerned with
water management. The emphasis should be placed on "River
Basin", and that term should be interpreted in its broadest
context as meaning a geographical area of land. Through
its two major components -- human interaction and ccr.puter
simulation -- the model represents the economic, social
and governmental activity that takes place within the
geographical boundaries defined by the river basin or more
simply by a group of continguous counties.
The model is unlike most other simulation or human
interaction models. It was not designed to accomplish any
one specific purpose. Rather it was designed to let its
users represent the major economic, social, and govern-
mental decision-makers who cause a regional system to
function and change on a year-to-year basis. As part of
the functioning of this regional system, water is demanded
by industries and municipal water suppliers and pollution
is generated by manufacturing and commercial activities, by
people, and by farm activities.
The model is a computer-assisted decision-making
tool, in which a number of computer programs simulate major
processes that take place in the local system such as
migration, housing selection, employment, transportation,
shopping patterns,the allocation of leisure time, and water
quality determination. Users of the model provide inputs
to these programs on behalf of business activities in the
economic sector, groups of people or population units in
the social sector, and government departments in the
government sector.
Normally, the users of the model are assigned
decision-making responsibility for businesses, population
units, and government departments in a gaming format.
This means that users become members of teams that are
assigned control of:
1. Economic Assets: cash, land, manufacturing
plants, outside invesLments, commercial
activities, and/or residences.
2. Social Assets: population units that are
designated as high income, middle income,
and/or low income.
1.
-------
3. Government Assets: power of the budget, taxing
and assessing authority, service responsibility,
and planning and regulatory power.
The computer print-outs for a year provide a de-
tailed description of the regional area represented by the
model, and the users of the model evaluate this status as
individuals, as team members, and collectively to define
problems, establish objectives, develop strategies, imple-
ment plans, and react to feedback from the new computer
printout for the next year.
The initial starting position shows a particular
set of allocations of the locals system's resources and
their effects on the status of the local area.. The users
of the model evaluate their c/^n particular status within
the local system as well as the status of the area as a
whole. They then interact with one another in a dynamic
decision-making environment in which they col.lectively have
control over the local water quality decisions that will be
made, implemented, and reacted to. Some of the model play-
ers may have apparently only marginal interests in the local
water qua.lity issues because they are pre-occupied with
running schools, building roads, earning incomes, producing
manufactured goods, building housing, and supplying local
goods and services. Others will have maybe more interest
-as they attempt to be elected into public office, run the
planning department, collect taxes, recreate, and develop a
generally pleasant environment for their new residential
subdivisions. Still others might have a direct and pressing
interest in the local water quantity and quality as they
attempt to set and enforce water quality standards, supply
municipal water, use surface water in their production
process, and benefit from major water-based recreation areas.
In short, the entire local system is represented by
the model and its users, and water decisions are placed
within their realistic context of having different importance
to different individuals as a function of their occupation,
location, resources, and personal inclinations.
B. The Three Sectors
The model contains three basic decision-making sectors :
economic, social and public. (Figure 1) Every city or region
contains these three vital sectors v/hose interactions cause
the area to function and to either grow and prosper or stagnate
and decay. Decisions made by one group ultimately affect others
2.
-------
Figure 1
THREE DECISION-MAKING SECTORS AND CONSTITUENT TEAMS
ECONOMIC TEAMS
(Identified by single letter
codes: A, B, C, etc.)
INDUSTRIAL DECISION-MAKER
Hi-Heavy Industry
FL-Furniture and Lumber
SG-Stone Clay and Glass
MP-Primary Metals
MF-Fabricated Metals
NL-Nonelectric Machinery
EL-Electric Machinery
TE-Transportation Equipment
Li-Light Industry
FO-Food
TA-Textiles and Apparel
PA-Paper
CR-Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber
NS-National Service
COMMERCIAL DECISION-MAKER
BG-Business Goods
BS-Business Services
PG-Personal Goods
PS-Personal Services
RESIDENTIAL DECISION-MAKER
RA-Single Family
RB-Garden Apts. and Duplex
RC-Multiple Unit and High Rise
GOVERNMENT TEAMS
(Identified by the specific
code preceding the depart-
ment name)
CH-Chairman of Jurisdiction
CO-Councilman
AS-Assessment and Finance
SC-School
MS-PIunicipal Services
UT-Gas, Electric, Water and Sewer
HY-Highways
BUS-Bus Company
RAIL-Mass Transit Agency
PZ-Planning and Zoning
SOCIAL TEAMS
(Identified by double letter
codes: AA, BB, CC, etc.)
PH-High Income
PM-Middle Income
PL-Low Income
-------
and one group often works against another group to
achieve its goals. For example, proposed commercial
developments by an economic group in a predominantly
residential area can be blocked by residents of that
area just as proposed changes by the government depart-
ments can be opposed by those participants in the economic
or social sector.
1' The Economic Sector
Economic decision-makers are those businessmen who
operate industrial, commercial, residential and farm es-
tablishments. Upon receiving output at the beginning of
the round economic decision-makers review their economic
status and make decisions for the present round. The
various economic activities in the model have the following
characteristics:
Basic Industry
Heavy Industry, Light Industry and National Services
spend money for business goods and business services, utilities,
a labor force, transportation, and taxes. In order to
produce basic industry output which is then sold to the
national markets at prices determined by national business
conditions (the computer), owners of basic industries can
make a wide variety of decisions. These decisions include
purchasing land, changing salaries or maintenance levels,
boycotting business goods and business services establish-
ments, acquiring laons, building new businesses, upgrading
existing businesses, demolishing old ones, and treating
effluents that are dumped into the local water system.
The basic industry of the economy can be further sub-
divided into the following categories :
HI - Heavy Industry
FL - Furniture and lumber
SG - Stone, clay and glass
MP - Primary metals
MF - Fabricated metals
NL - Non-electrical machinery
EL - Electrical machinery
TE - Transportation equipment
4.
-------
LI - Light Industry
FO - Food
TL - Textile, apparel and leather
PA - Paper
CR - Chemicals, plastics, and rubber
NS - National Services
Commercial Establishments
Business goods (BG) and business services (BS), per-
sonal goods (PG) and personal services (PS) spend money
on many of the same items as basic industry in order to
maintain a level of service capacity. This service capacity
is consumed or partially consumed by local customers which
include: the industrial sector, other commercial estab-
lishments and the population units (Pi's) who live in the
city. Owners of the commercial establishments may make
most of the decisions that owners of basic industries make
in addition to setting prices for their products.
Residences
Single-family (RA), townhouse (RB), and high-rise (RC)
residence units spend money on personal goods and personal
services, utilities, and taxes, and earn income based on
rent charged and the number and type of occupants residing
in their housing units. Owners of residences may make the
same types of decisions made by owners of basic industry
in addition to setting the rent paid by their tenants.
Farms
Farm owners make very few decisions aside from how
their land will be utilized and what level of fertilizer
use they will employ-
2_ The Social Sector
Decision-maliers in the social sector represent the
citizens who live and work in the simulated area. People
are represented in terms of population units (Pi's) . Each
population unit represents fixed numbers of people (500).
Population units are divided into three socio-economic
groups: high income (PH), middle-income (PM) and low-
income (PL). Because each class possesses its own ex-
pectations and behavioral patterns, each will have different
preferences for residence, job, and schooling, etc. Social
decision-makers can vote on behalf of the PI'c which they
represent. Voting power is dependent upon the number of
-------
population units controlled, the number of registered voters
in each, and their socio-economic class. Social decision-
makers can also direct the population units under their con-
trol to boycott places of employment or shop locations.
Social decision-makers can also allocate leisure time_of
their population units to be spent in any of four basic
activities: extra work, adult education (public or private),
politics, and recreation. The amount of time spent on each
of these activities has an effect on the socio-economic
status and/or the dissatisfaction index of people living
within the city.
A significant part of the model centers around how
Pi's function within the local system during the course
of each round of play which represents one year of time in
the local area. Figure 2 shows the actions of Pi's as they
are affected by the major operating programs.
3. The Public Sector
In the model, the government sector deals with the
problems of education, highways, municipal services,
planning, zoning, utilities, water supply and quality and
bus and rail transportation. The public sector is divided
into two basic components. The first component includes
elected officials: the Chairman and the Council. These
officials are elected by the social decision-makers repre-
senting the people who live in each jurisdiction. The
Chairman and Council set tax rates, approve budgets, grant
subsidies and appropriations, and make appointments.
Appointed officials named by the Chairman are heads of these
six governmental departments: Assessment (AS), Schools (SC) '-,
Municipal Services (MS), Highway (HY), Planning and Zoning
(PZ), and Utilities (UT). The Bus and Rapid Rail Companies
are semi-private organizations which also may be appointed
by the Chairman. Players representing these departments
make decisions which include allocating capital and current
funds, changing salaries and maintenance levels, requesting
federal-state aid, changing district boundaries, con-
structing or demolishing public buildings, upgrading public
buildings, changing levels of service, and transferring
cash between accounts.
-------
Figure 2
Example of How Population Units Arc Affected by the
Major Operating Programs of the Model
Major Operating
Programs
Effect on Population Unit
Migration
Water System
Depreciation
Employment
Transportation
School Allocation
Park Allocation
Time Allocation
Commercial Allocation
Pi's move to the local system, find
and change bousing within the local
system, leave the local system
Poor water quality incareses dis-
satisfaction and high coliform count
increases health costs and time lost
due to illness.
Housing tbe.t depreciates becomes less
attractive in the migration process.
Pi's are assigned to full and part
time jobs that maximize net income
(salary minus transportation costs) ,
employers search for best educated
workers .
Pi's travel to work by the mode and
route that minimizes total costs
(dollar plus time), Pi's travel to
shopping along the minimum cost routes
Students of Pi's are assigned to
public or private schools based upon
the quality of public schools.
Pi's are assigned to parks within a
specified distance of where they live.
Involuntary expenditures of leisure
time are calculated as a function of
the success of getting part time
jobs, public adult education and the
time spent on transportation.
Pi's are assigned to stores at which
the total costs are minimized (price
plus transportation to the store).
7.
-------
C . The Water C_o_iTiponeivt
The water component is a subsector that, in a sense,
cuts across the other three sectors or is a part of each.
For example, some of the industrial activities in the econo-
mic sector use surface water in their production process^
and al] other economic businesses have some need for munici-
pally supplied water. Population units in the social sector
use water as a function of their income class and the type
of housing they inhabit. In the government sector, the
Utility Department is responsible for supplying' the municipal
water needs of the residents of its jurisdiction.
Each of the surface water users requires a specified
quality of water and must either treat the water they intake
or purchase water from a source outside of the local system.
Every welter user adds some pollutants to the water it
returns to the water system. If left untreated, these water
discharges may lower the quality of water of the body of
water into which they are dumped. Since water users and
polluters are located in a geographical space, acitivities
upstream and downstream are affected differently by the
dynamically created water quality conditions.
D . The Loca_l_ System
The particular regional configuration being used is
represented on a grid map consisting of 625 squares. Each
square is of equal size and represents 6.25 square miles,
2.5 miles on a side. The grid and all of the computer maps
are keyed to a coordinate system. Each parcel can be
identified by its coordinates. Horizontal coordinates
range from 70 to 118 and vertical coordinates from 12 to 60.
Intersections are identified by the odd-numbered coordinates
and highways are identified by even-odd (east-west) or odd-
even (north-south) coordinates. In all cases, the
horizontal coordinate (i.e., the larger number) is identi-
fied first.
For example, on the map in Figure 3 the shaded
parcel is identified as 7014. Further, the four mile
highway indicated by ZZZ is identified as 7217, 7417, 7617,
7817, while the two mile highway indicated by XXX is
identified as 7318, 7320. The intersection marked by 0
is located at 7317.
-------
Figure 3
I t- a
1 O
*
+
1 o
1. ' *
T
9 n
^ )
f '_ +
ซ
-*..-(-**.
0
B
-..*...
...*+...
ป
*
-...+...
f> * O *
ป*ซซ
etc
ซ + ป. **.ซ-.+-..ฃ-.ซ*.*-.ซ+*ซ. + ซซ
K * 0 *
c ป o o A a
0 * ป *
*
i,y
C ป * ซ A
X
ซ 0 ซ *
X
/^ .+. + . + . + . 4- 4-
*x *
ป *
ซ*ซ
x ......
.^.... + ,..ป + ....+-....^.. .. + .... + ....
**
ป
ซ*
.+.... + ....+... .4-. %-I,-f..^.-fea.,-ซ- . . 6
9.
-------
E. The Unit of Time_---_ A Pound
In the model, a round represents a year of change in
the life of the simulated area. From the standpoint of the
participants, however, a round may be thought of as a
decision-making cycle which starts when they receive^their
computer output and ends when they hand in their decision
input forms for processing by the computer.
During the early part of the typical round, decision-
makers will be simultaneously reviewing their computer out-
put and attempting to organize their possible actions.
Economic decision-makers, for example, will probably attempt
to acguire parcels of land that look good for future devel-
opment purposes. They may attempt to secure loans from
local or outside sources, apply for zoning changes , request
utility expansions, and lobby for increased highway access.
At the same time, social decision-makers might be bargaining
for higher wages, requesting improvements in local schools
and municipal services, lobby for higher water quality in
the local river, and trying to promote those politicians
who see things their way.
Meanwhile, the governmental decision-makers may be
receiving requests from the economic and social decision-
makers to lower taxes, improve schools, provide better
municipal services, expand highways, build additional
utilities, enlarge the park system, and improve other
services. Budget officials are faced with the task of
finding additional revenue to meet expanding public needs
and dividing appropriations among the many local depart-
ments, all of which have attempted to justify their ex-
panding budgets. Also the government office concerned
with water quality might be pressuring the polluting indus-
tries to treat their wastes or face regulatory action. All
water users might be concerned with water quality and quan-
tity in so far as it affects their cost of using water and
doing business.
10.
-------
Toward the middle of the round, it becomes clear to
many decision-makers that all of. their requests will not
be granted. Thus, trade-offs and bargains must be made.
Elected officials v.'i 11 begin to worry about staying in
office. Departments must often plan to operate with less
funds than they had reaucslred. low income representatives
attempt to make their political power felt. High-income
representatives attempt to maintain their status. Business-
men begin to loo]; for short-cuts to reduce their losses and
increase their activity and profit-making ventures. The
water quality office begins to act upon its earlier threat.
As the round approaches a conclusion, the participants
formalize the bargains tney have made, continue to fill out
their decision forms, terminate the negotiations on new wage
levels, new prices and new rents, carry on their boycotts
and complete any other possible actions. All water related
decisions by the private and public decision-makers are
completed. Treatment plants arc built, industries shut down,
fine levied, sampling stations constructed, etc.
When the round ends, participants campaign and carry
out new elections, hold town meetings, debrief their actions,
and develop new strategies while the computer performs
its functions and prepares new output on the status of the
simulated city.
F. The Function of the Computer
In the model, players are able to exercise a number of
decision alternatives. Only some of these will be com-
municated to the computer, the rest will be part of the con-
stant communication, bargaining and negotiating carried
out in the game-room itself.
The computer performs several major functions in the
model.
First, it stores all the relevant economic, social
and governmental statistics for the area; updates data
when changes are made; and prints out yearly reports on the
status of the local system and rcporls for the economic,
social, and government decision-makers.
Second, the computer simulates the actions of the out-
side system. For example, the computer simulates both a
national business cycle, the probabilities of federal-state
aid and interest rates on most loans.
11.
-------
Third, the computer performs certain routine functions
or processes that would be time-consuming if the players
themselves v/ere to perform them. For example, the computer
assigns workers from population units to jobs under the
assumption that workers will attempt to earn as much money
as possible. Other processes include assessing all property,
assigning buyers of goods and services to shop at particular
commercial establishments, assigning children to public or
private schools based upon the capacity and. quality of the
public schools, and assigning population units to residences
based on their desirability. The computer also simulates
the migration process which moves population units into,
out of, and within the local system. It also measures
all of the types of pollution at all points along the river
system and calculates a comprehensive water quality index.
12.
-------
II. COMPUTER PRINTED OUTPUT DESCRIPTION
A. Introduction
The printed computer output provides a yearly
report of the status of the simulated region and of inter-
actions within the region during the previous year. There
are several types of output: maps showing characteristics
of the region which differ geographically; summaries which
present information in capsulated form; and detailed
information from which the summaries are derived.
The figure on the next page shows the titles
of the output sections in the order in which they are
printed. That sequence follows neither the logical order
of computer program operations nor the usual sequence in
which a user examines the output. The code number beside
the title of each section of output listed, in Jbhis figure
is the cods number used in all examples of output included
in this manual. The output is explained in this section
in order of most general to most detailed information.
Output is explained in the following order:
- maps
- summary information
- general information of relevance to
all three sectors
- social sector detail
- economic sector detail
- government sector detail
There are a few standard features of all printed
output sections. Each has a title which is a short
description of the type of information given by the section
of output. Each also contains both the round number and
the game heading (the name of the data base being used or
some other heading input by the director). Where relevant,
a jurisdiction number is also printed.
After a few rounds' experience with the model, a
model user usually needs only the printed computer output
from a round and the Master Tables and input formats con-
tained in this manual in order to play subsequent rounds.
13
-------
RIVSP. BASIN MODEL OUTPUT
1. Migration
Water
Employment
1.1 Environmental Indexes
1.2 Personal Indexes
1.3 Dissatisfaction Cutoffs
1.4 .'Migration Detail
1.5 .Migration Statistics
1.6 Migration Summary
2.1 Water User Effluent Content
2.2 niver Duality During Surface Water Process
2.3 Water User Costs and Consumption .
2.4 Colifotm and Pollution Index Values
3.1 Employment Selection Information for PL Class
3.2 Employment Selection Information for PM Class
3.3 Employment Selection Information for PI! Class
3.4 Part-Time Work Allocation for I'll Class
3.5 Part-Tire Work Allocation for I'M Class
3.6 Part-Time Work Allocation for PL Class
3.7 Employment Su:n.-uii"y
l Allocation
4.1
4.2
4.3
4. 4
4.5
Personal Goods Allocation Summary
Personal Services Allocation Summary
Uusines'-i Goods Allocation Sunumary
Business Services Allocation Summary
Government Contracts
8. Government Detail S.I Assessrr.er.t Report
8.2 Water Department "oports
B.3 Sa-.plir.e, Station Report: Point Source Quality
S.4 Sampling Station P.eport: Ambient Quality
3.5 Utility Department Report
S.G Utility Department Finances
8.7 Municipal Services reoartrent Kcport
S.G Municipal Services Dcoarfr.ent Finances
3.9 Mu.-.icipal Services Department Construction Teblf
8.10 Planning and r, c.". i r. g r.opart~ent Report
3. I Sequel Department Kecort
8. 2 School "..partr'.nt Finances
3. 3 Scr.c.ol Depjrtrent Construction Table
8. ; i!ig!;vtiy Copartr.ent Finar.ces
3. [3 !iic;)!vay L'e par Lrr.en t Construction Table
3. 0 P..U1 Ci]rpany P.-.port
3. E Ci'.Oirran Tvpar tr'e.nt Finances
8.23 Financial Su~.-iiry
9, Su.f.-.ary Statistics 9.1 Demographic and Economic Statistics
10. Maps
Social Sector
Economic Sector
4.6 Terrunal Demand and Supply Table
4.7 Terniruil Allocation K.ap
5.1 Dollar Value of Time
5.2 Social Decision-Maker Output
5.3 Social Uoycotts
6.1 Karm Ouiput
6.2 Residence Output
6.3 E^sic Industry Output
6.4 Cor.."..ercial Output
6.5 Economic Boycott Status
6.5 Now Conu tr'.iction Table-
6.7 Land Surrmjry
6.8 Loan Statement
6.9 Financial Suirjnary
SociJl find Economic Summaries
7.1 Number of Levels of Economic Activity Con-
trol led by Teams
7.2 Employment Centers
7.3 Economic Control Summary for Teams
7.4 Social Control Sugary for Teams
7.5 Social Control Summary Totals
7.6 Economic Graphs for Teamn
7,7 Social Gr.iuha for Teams
10.1 Personal Goods Allocation Map
10.2 Personal Services Allocation .v.ap
10.3 Business Co-.-.ercial Allocation kap
10.-', Xunicioal Service Map
10.5 School'.'-'.ap
10 . 5 L'Li li ty .'-'.ap
10.7 Water Lls.icje Map
10.3 VJcjter Cucility Map
10.9 Municipal Treatment
1C.10 I'.'ir.icipal Intake and Outflow Point Ma?
10.11 Surface Water M.ap
10.12 Far-i iiu.no ff .Map
10.13 P.iver Casin Flood Plain Xcp
10 . 14 rarm Map
10.15 Tarn Assessed and Market Value Map
10, 16 M.i:ket Value Map
10.17 Assessed- Value y.J?
10. IB ilcono.Tic Status Map
10.19 Hi.jhway Map
10.20 Plannine and Zoning Map
10.21 Parkland Usage Map
10.;; Kocio-'ice-no.T.ic Distribution Msp
10.23 Da-r-.ogrophic Map
10.24 Social Decision-Maker Kap
10.25 Topo-jrai-hical Restriction Map
10.26 Government Status M.ap
-------
B- Map Output
The model output includes several maps which visually
represent characteristics of the simulated region which
differ by location. The entire simulated region is repre-
sented on a single, two-page computer map. A map key is
printed at the bottom of each page. Map symbols appear on
a map in the three types of locations which can be specified
in the model: parcels (squares), parcel edges (lines sep-
arating squares), and intersections of lines (parcel corners]
Land uses and other characteristics of parcels are repre-
sented within the squares. Divisions between parcels such
as roads or jurisdiction boundaries are represented be-
tween parcels, and activities such as terminals are repre-
sented at parcel corners.
The Map Titles and a brief description of their con-
tents are given below, in the order in which they will be
discussed. All information is located spatially.
Economic Status Map : economic owners, economic activ-
ities and operating levels, zoning, levels of utilities
installed, amounts of undeveloped land, road types, ter-
minal levels, jurisdiction boundaries.
Government Status Map: school levels, parks, municipal
service levels, utility plant levels, road types, terminal
levels, jurisdiction boundaries.
Socio-Economic Distribution Map: residence types and
levels, number of Pi's of each class, road types, terminal
levels, jurisdiction boundaries.
Demographic Map: populations, residential quality in-
dexes, business value ratios, percent occupancy, road
types, terminal levels, jurisdiction boundaries.
Personal Goods Allocation Map: PG shopping location
for each class and residence, PG location.
Personal Services Allocation Map: PS shopping loca-
tion for each class and residence, PS location.
Business Commercial Map: BG and BS shopping location
for each business, BG and BS locations.
Utility Map: utility units served, utility units
installed^utility plants, utility district boundaries,
jurisdiction boundaries.
-------
Surface Water Map: volumes of surface water, rates of
flow, land area in water, directions of surface water flow,
lakes.
Municipal Treatment Plant Map: municipal water intake
treatment plants and levels, municipal sewage treatment
plant types and levels, utility plant locations_artd code_
numbers, directions of surface water flow, utility district
boundaries, lakes.
Municipal Inflow and Outflow Point Map: Municipal
surface" watelTTnlfake points, municipal sewage outflow
points, utility districts served by each, surface water
qualities, directions of surface water flow, utility dis-
trict boundaries, lakes.
Water Quality Map: economic activities and operating
levels~7 surface water qualities, directions of surface
water flow, lakes.
Economic Sector Water Usage Map: economic activities
and operating levels, amounts of recycling, business ef-
fluent treatment types and levels, utility district boundaries,
jurisdiction boundaries.
Municipal Services Map: economic activities and oper-
ating levels, municipal service units required, municipal
services and their use indexes, municipal service district
boundaries, jurisdiction boundaries.
-School Map: numbers of public school students, num-
bers of private school students, schools and their use
indexes, school district boundaries, jurisdiction boundaries.
Highway Map: economic activities and operating levels,
road types, terminal levels.
Planning and Zoning Map: zoning, park, public insti-
tutional land uses, road types, terminal levels, jurisdiction
boundaries.
Parkland Usage Map: parks, populations served by park,
park use indexes, road types, terminal levels, jurisdiction
boundaries.
Market Value Map: market values of all non-farm land,
privately owned buildings, and privately owned land and
buildings, road types, terminal levels, jurisdiction boundaries
16
-------
Assessed Value Map: assessed values of non-farm pri-
vately owned land and buildings, road types, terminal
levels, jurisdiction boundaries.
Farm Assessed and Market Value Map: assessed and mar-
ket values of farms, amount of land in farms, road types,
terminal levels, jurisdiction boundaries, lakes.
Farm Map: farm owners, amount of land in farms, farm
types, levels of fertilization, road types, terminal levels
jurisdiction boundaries.
Farm Runoff Map: where runoff from farms flows, di-
rection of surface water flow, lakes.
River Basin Flood Plain Map: river basins, dam
priorities, flood susceptibility of each parcel, direction
of surface water flow,lakes, jurisdiction boundaries.
Topographical Restrictig_n_Ma_p ; topographically unde-
velopable land, road types, terminal levels, jurisdiction
boundaries.
Social Decision-Maker Map: social decision-maker con-
trol liiTg~~eaTch~class living on each residence parcel, road
types, terminal levels, jurisdiction boundaries.
17
-------
Economic Status Map
This map shows the economic sector owners of all privately
owned non-farm parcels and the economic activity, it any, on
each parcel. A parcel can have only one economic owner and
one economic activity. Owners of farm parcels are shown on
the Farm Map. The types of economic activities represented
in the model are listed in the Master Tables.
The economic owner of a parcel owns all of the land
and developments on the parcel which do not belong to the
government or which are not topographically undevelopable.
If the economic owner sells land to another economic de-
cision-maker, he must sell all of the privately-owned
land and buildings on the rarcel to the new owner. An
economic decision-maker can sell any portion of undeveloped
land on a parcel to a government department.
The Planning and Zoning Department may zone parcels.
Zoning is a restriction on economic development. Once a
parcel is assigned a particular zoning code, all new economic
development on the parcel must conform to the new zoning.
If a .parcel is unzoned, there is no restriction on what
type of activity may be constructed on it. The Economic
Status Map key defines what private land uses are allowed
under each zoning code.
When a new economic development is constructed on a
parcel, it must not only conform to the parcel's zoning;
it must have sufficient utility service-. Utilities are
installed by the Utility Department in "levels" (1 - 9) .
Each level of economic activity requires a certain number
of utility units, and each level of utility service supplies
a fixed number of utility units to a parcel.
If an economic decision-maker has insufficient utility
service for a proposed development, the Utility Department
must install adequate utility service before the new devel-
opment can be constructed.*
*There are two exceptions to the utility restriction
on development: 1) RA housing can be built with "private
utilities", which do not require utilities supplied"by'the
Utility Department; 2) the director can override the utility
restriction on individual developments. '
18
-------
Figure
10 .18
70 72 74 76 Tfl 80 R? ft4
100 102 104 106 100 110 112 114 11*.
04 .* . . . ...... n ..
12 0 ............ 8 ... ..01?
o loo. 100. loo. 100. loo. 100. too. too. 100. inn. no. 100. inn 19. no . 100. 100, ioo. no. 100. 100. 100. 100. ion. mo
o [[[ , ............ n ...... , ........ , .................. ..... .................... o
C\ .A ....... Fl ........... 0
o i*.
o 101. 100. loo. ioo, 100. IPO. 10,1. loo. ion, 100. inn. too. nin RI . 100. inn. 100. 100. inn. 100. ion. inn. inn. ino.
16 0 . '- - - ' . . . . . n . . . . . . . . . 0 16
o 100. loo. 100. mo. too. 100. loo. 100, 100. 100. loo. 100. e fin ae. loo. ina.t. no. ion. 100. 100. 100. loo. no. ion. 1012
o 100. ion. 100. loo. 100. 100. too. 100. 100. IPO. 100. 100. RPQ
Q 1 "
q. too. 100.6100. ioo. loo. loo. ino. loo. 101. too. tnoo
o ...
20 0
0 100. 100. 100. 1'
-1. loo. ioo. no. ioo. ioo. ino. ino. 100.1
. ioo. i oo. A i oo. too. ioo. no. ioo. ioo,
o 20
i. 10^, mo
22 D ........ .Urt 1UR4 1.R4 2.04 4......... 0 22
o ioo. 10 p. 100. too. ioo. ino. ioo. 100.1 96. i flR.i 88.1 flA.i 74ni_F: [.fin uSC A'JO LEVEL
RflTrcn LEFT: UTILITY L '. v C L
fJOTlOH RIGHT! X U.'lOEVLPO LAUD
ft h* TYP
2 P J AH
INTER ICC f I QMS 70M\r, L i^fl USF 7QN[Sn L'^F
ป TVPC 1 T"R1P;4L *'JY U^f: 1> ) ฐ S
>; TYPE 7. irpMjr.AL n i'.'V miSlNE1^ T. p".
* TYPE 3 Tt^iiNU ?o Hi,Li(ri is 05
?1 HI 41 o ft ,1 R,O
co oo JURISDICTION RCUNDARV
19
-------
Economic developments also require land. Each activity,
depending on its type, requires a certain amount of land
for each constructed level of development. Regardless of
the operating level of an activity, the land consumed is
that of the constructed level, which is always greater than
or equal to the operating level. The amount of privately-
owned land which is not in developments is classified on
this map as undeveloped. If a parcel shows no undeveloped
land, no further economic development can occur there un-
less the owner either acquires more land from a government
department owning a portion of the parcel or demolishes
existing economic developments. An economic decision-
maker can acquire land by purchasing a parcel from another
economic decision-maker or by bidding on land which is
owned by the Outside.
The operating level of an economic activity is shown
on the Economic Status Map. For most purposes, a busi-
ness' operating level is the only level considered by the
computer programs. However, a business pays property
taxes and maintenance for its constructed level.
20
-------
Government Status Map
Whereas there can be only one economic owner per parcel,
any combination of government departments can own developed
and undeveloped land on a parcel. The government depart-
ments which can own landr and the types of developments each
can construct- on a parcel are:
Department
Utility Department
School Department
Municipal Service
Department
Planning and Zoning
Department
Highway Department
Development Type
Utility Plant
Water Intake Treatment Plant
Sewage Outflow Treatment Plant
Chlorination
Primary Treatment
Secondary Treatment
Tertiary Treatment
School Unit
Municipal Service Unit
Parkland
Public Institutional Land
Road*
Terminal*
A government department can sell undeveloped land
which it owns to either another government department or
to the economic decision-maker owning the privately-owned
portion of a parcel.
The government status map shows the locations of some
of the types of government activities: schools, parks,
utility plants, and municipal service units.
*A road requires land from the parcels on each side,
and a terminal requires land from the four parcels touching
the intersection at which it is located.
21
-------
Fi glare
10.26
050COMOJOO=30=OCC.OSJC100=:roOOCOSOOrCO..O.OCl>.-3000tOC(!00 . ^ y ^
12 0 H . .
o n . .
0 R
a n . .
no..- n . .
o a . .
o - n
0 8 . .
16 o e . .
0 8 . .
0 n-
0 B
18 0 B
0 , - e
0 0
0. ........ .--H-'
0 - n
22 o ............. a
o n . .
o ซ. n
0. .......... .0..
24 0 . . . fl 48 .
C R
o n
?6 0 . . . . . . . . . . 24 . 52 . ''6 H
0..*". .... . H . B . .
28 0 . 52 H . D
0-,...... .H.O
0 H CQJCC'R
0.... .. - .SIM OH..
10 0 .... . 48 24 H 0 H
0 ......... .HO U.'H
0 H . SI. 0 H |
32 0 . . , . H 3h . . 0 H (
0 ........ H . .Ml 0 M | Ul,
0 ป = = = >H 0 H |
0 H . 0 H | SI.
"0 - 40 H 48 . 24 0 .2 H flO |
c ...ซซ- "000000 H |
36 C . , . . . . . . . . R 4S 4 S H ]
C..........0.H|,
P *>"=="=>: = * |
; O.H..
C. ........ .O.H.
0 0 . H . .
*0 0 .......... 0 . H ..
C , 0 H
C . . , . .O.H
4? 9 ......... 0 - . H
C ......... .O.H.
? O.H,.
y o . H
C. ......... O.H. .
46 C .... 0 . H
0. ...... ...O.H.
C D H
...........O.H.
48 0 o . H
C D H
3 O.H..
50 5 o . H
2..... O.H..
" ฐ 0 . H
0- O.H..
3 O.H
C 0 H
"3 o : H : :
C O.H..
3 O.H..
^ 3 0 . H
ฐ O.H..
CrCCP J22C?OCOOC03COCC30030C050MOODOOOCOaOOOOOOCCCOOOOOOOPOOOOOOOnJOOOOOO?30030'J
HOUND 7
102 104 106 108 110 112 HA u*. llซ
! .' ! 1 . 31?
0
0
C I*
. c
3
0
3
0 2?
3 ?<
3
... ....02"
... ,...2
0
c
0 30
C
C
0 32
0
C
0
0 3ft
0
0
! . Q "*
0
C
0 -
0 47
0
0
. 0
... . . . . . , o
0
0
0
0
0 S3
0
0
0 5*
i a
o
Q
0 60
102 104 106 108 110 112 114 lit H3
PflปCEL FOHFS
ft HM 1 YP
on nn Ju^
1NTFRSECTI
22
-------
Socio-Economic Distribution Map
This map shows the number of Pi's of each class living
on each residence parcel. The residence type and level are
also printed.
The migration process allocates people to housing.
Only two classes can live on a residence parcel simul-
taneously, due in part to the model's restriction that a
PH will not move into a residence with a quality index
below 71 and a PL will not move into housing with a quality
index above 70. It is possible, if a residence depreciates
below the minimum that a class will accept, that high-
income, for example, will live in a residence with a quality
index below 71 if the class was living on the parcel before
the depreciation. In no case, however, can PH's reside on
the same parcel with PL's.
Each level of a residence type provides a fixed num-
ber of space units. A PI occupies a fixed number of
space units, depending on its class. The percent occu-
pancy of each residence is shown on the Demographic Map.
23
-------
Figure
10 . 21
iwnc I rr
snr [Q-ccovnKir
) I STO [P.lJTt Df-( H ''P
oogoooODQ00g0QOOCooc3aoco5creoeoc33CTUCOo;iocouoฃ]o&cooooo
0
12 0
0
9
14 0
0
E>
16 a
0
0...
0
18 0
0
0
20 0
0
22 0
0
2ft a
0
28 0
0
0. ...*ป
30 C
a
0
0
0
34 g
0
0
0
36 0
0
0
38 0
D
Q. . ,
0 .
*0 0
0
0
0
0
48 0
0
0
0
5? 0
0,...
0
5* D
a
0
56 0
0
0
0
60 0
0
Bgcoococoroccoo
70 72 74
TOP ROW: a E
HtOOLF ROW: ป,<;
BO' TCH PQU: h'J
n ..........
D '
, ..Fl
\ ln=!A I .RA ?,ftA ซ . . .....
. .R\ 1QKB 2. P.? 3.PB llfift 4 .......
. , . . . . . 51 . 5M, 5M.
, 1 H
. 3Hl 7H. 1LM
1". 7H[ r>'t. 4 I -o-l 0
. <-H. ! 13H. ?VM 0
H IM. I'.H. 13HO
. .RA4.RA3M11 ] .ซB ^Cฐ
0 3H.
.RA 10ซA 1 ,R
. . . 1H3 IK.
0 ,
0......
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
. . 0
0
....... 0
0
. 0
. . 0
C
0
0
A?R . .R32IKA3. ,R42.
3u.f) . 21L 1 7L. . IM.
0 . . R i <> | ซA ?. . > *
B . . <*L | 34. . ...
n - . 1 ...
H . .RA ? IP. A ?.
H . . 4LI 34. . . ...
H . . 1 ...
H .RR2.P.A3.
H . 2IK. 3L. ...
H . 3M. . . 1
. ,.h 1
r in RC i .
1 4"M 2 in.
F 2>--P, 2 ป^ ?...... .
IH'I 7H .......
fl 3Hqfi A.PA3-
H ..........
H . . . .
H . .
H ......
H .....
H . . . .
"* **
" f
' ' ' *..... ....>..........,.........
H -.--..,..
rnu'-O ?
llh Uq
0 1?
C
0 14
0
0
0
0 16
3
3
13
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 3?
0
0
3
0 1*
0
0
Q
0 36
C
C-
"
0 3ฐ
Q
0
0
r, ^f)
0
0*7
n
C
*
C1
0
C
C1
C
......,?
C
C 60
-ooocc oosacocea cc =ooooocoo3Qooooo.'3uy3oouyoouooooonc3CDQ?ซQ3ซ^
76 78 80 82 fl4 06 Bfl t) Q 9;-
*FV PARC L FnCtS
sincere TYPE" AND LEVFL .. ., PO or*Fo
ซ1ฃ1 OF PI'S A'lO CLASS - MH TY E 2 c(!M>
?f wm TY f 3 ftOAH
^ 96
-------
Demographic Map
The Demographic map shows the number of people living
on each residence parcel, the percent occupancy of each
residence, and the quality of all privately owned buildings
and equivalent.
Ove.i. ..-rowding (over 100% occupancy) contributes to a
residence's neighborhood index and to the health index.
The quality is expressed as the quality index for a
residence and as the value ratio for non-residential ac-
tivities. A value ratio is the ratio of the present con-
dition of a business' buildings and equipment to their
original condition, expressed as a percent.
A quality index is somewhat different. Whereas a
new business has a value ratio of 100, a new residence
can have a quality index from 40 to 100.
Each year buildings and equipment depreciate in re-
sponse to several conditions which vary by type of activity
(see the Master Tables for the causes of depreciation).
A business's depreciation is measured as a percent of
original value (100). A residence's depreciation is
measured as a percent of the original value of such a type
of residence originally built at a quality index of 100,
regardless of the original quality of the specific resi-
dence. Thus, business depreciation is a percent of original
value but residential depreciation is a percent of quality
index .100 .
The owner of an activity can set a maintenance level
for the activity. The maintenance level is the quality
index or value ratio at which the owner will maintain
the activity, regardless of how much it depreciates in a
year. Not until the activity's value ratio or quality
index falls to its maintenance level does the owner incur
maintenance expenditures. The computer program depreciates
and maintains buildings and equipment and charges the
owner for the maintenance cost.
The Demographic Map shows quality indexes and value
ratios after depreciation and after any maintenance.
25
-------
Figure
10.23
i wnciTY
12 o n
o n . .
0 n . .
no n . .
o n . .
o[[[
0 Q . .
0 fl . .
l*o n . .
20 0 - Q
o n . .
o i en 10. ?o.
22 0 - ซ ซ . SO R ?l . 4f> . s
o........... .11"? nioo .100 .11
o = ซ=*== n
g .117 0117 ,\22 .11
o n
o ........ .111 .111 .in -non . .ti
o H n-ซ- m
0 , . . . . . . 15 3^. 1 OH . 0
o ....... .ion 117 .117 H . n . .11
a . . . . . . . ? s . 3 ^> 1 5 o . * ? OH o H
30 0 . . . - . . .90 90 75 . ฐO H 90 0 H 96 . 9? . T
0 .. . . . . .117.117 S7.101H 0 n . .10
0 . . . . . . .30. ?r.H 10. 11 0. 1003 H .10
D ...... .100 .117 H R3 .107 . fcfl 0 H .117
0 ....... .117 .100 H117 .110 C 11 H lOfl
36 0 . . . . . . . . 60 , 60 0 SO . ^ H 50 BO .
0... ...... .O.K..
0 0 H
0. . . . 0 . H . .
48 0 0 . H
0 .. .O.H..
0 0 H
0. ...O.H..
50 0 0 . H
0 .......... 0 . H ..
0 0 H
D. ........ .O.H..
0 Q H
0 O.H..
5* 0 o . H
0 O.H..
0 0 H
0 O.H..
56 0 o . H
OC"'-"1 2
" " "" o
- "' " * " " o
. o
0 14
D
."...."...,*,..." !....!...." ฐ
'. . 0 16
C
0 IP
o
0
C
j ..... . . 0
D 77
0
C
1 40. ....... 0
60 0 ?4
117 0
, C
3 35. 15 0
60 . 55 . . . . . 0 ?6
117 .100 . .0
i D
15. .. .... 0
100 ... .... 0
0
3 15. . .... 0
50 ... .... 0 30
ion ... c
). TO. . .... 0
.117. . . . . . . 0
a
0
2 36
0
3 4ฐ
D
. . . 0
0
D
0 5'
3
0
0 54
0
0 0 . K n "
0 0 H 0
0 O.H... n
"ป 0 O.H. n <ซ
0 0 . H Q
.............. ............................. ............o....... ..H... ........ :....
"S ::::;::::: S : S ::::::::::: 1'ฐ
00007CQ30C30300000300?CaCC^OCOC3C33CCaOC300Cj3COSCC0530033CDCJ3COn003PQOOCO?CCC33000COOOC30COC03CQ33C3C2COOCOrpPCO?C1C'yo?Pct1C1?0
. PiRCFL fFf P R EL EPr.ES 1 NT CO SE CT 1 P NS
-------
Personal Goods Allocation Map
This map identifies the location of Personal Goods esta-
blishments and identifies the PG establishments that serve
the customers from each parcel of land that has .residences
on it. PG establishments are located on those parcels that
are encircled by asterisks. Their code number is also shown
on the parcel where they are located.
It is possible to have up to three distinct customers
on a parcel of residential land: population units from two
classes and the residence landlord. No more than two classes
of population may live on a single residential parcel. All
population units purchase personal goods as part of their
annual expenditures. All Pi's of a class on a parcel purchase
their personal goods at a single PG establishment. Landlords
purchase personal goods only if they make maintenance expen-
ditures. Buyers are assigned to specific commercial activitie:
taking into account the price charged, transportation costs
to the store, the capacity of the store, and boycotts.
The four letter codes used within a parcel on the map
are: L = low income, M = middle income, H - high income, and
R = residence. One or two of the first three codes prints if
population units live on the parcel. If no one occupies the
housing, no income class code is printed. The number after
the letter code is the PG establishment code. The outside
Local system PG suppliers are identified sequentially as
determined by their location. Establishments located on
parcels as one reads the map from top to bottom and from
left to right have the lowest code numbers. The identifica-
tion number assigned to a particular PG establishment might
change from round to round if new PC's are being constructed
at locations that are scanned prior to the parcel on which
that particular PG is located.
The buyer code "R" will print on every parcel that has
a residence. If the landlord makes maintenance expenditures
then the R is followed by a PG establishment code. Mo code
after the R indicates that no maintenance is being performed
on that residence parcel.
27
-------
Figure;
10 . 1
96 ฐ0 100 102 104 106 108 1 In 11? 114 I16 11P
L ?. L I. t 1
M 2
ft 2.
L 2. L 2. L 1. L I.
H ?. . . .
H ?. R 2. R 1. R I.
L 1.
K 1
H 2. H 2. H 2. M 2.
R ? . R 2. R Z. R ?.,
M 2. L 2. . .
H2. H2. H2.M2. M2.
. . H ?. H 7. H 2.
* 2. R 1. H 2. R 2. R 2.
H 2. L 2.
. H 2.
R 1. R 1.
M?. H2. H ? . M1.M2.
H 2. . H 2. M I. H 2,
R 2- R ?. 1 . R . R 2.
H 2. H ?. H ?. 42. K 2. M 2.
. . H 2. H 2. H 2. .
1 2 . R 2 . R 1 . R I . R ? . ป 1 .
H t. H ?. H 2. K?.
N ?
K I. K t . ' ?. d I .
70 72 7* 76 78 IDENTIFY
NN * ICCSTKIN JF PS
PG
N\ I S THE
**** cone f,uM,-\:a
....,,.....
100 102 104 106 108 UO 112 114 Ii6
28
-------
Personal Services Allocation Map
This map identifies the location of Personal Services
establishments and PS establishment that serves the cus-
tomers from each parcel of land that has residences on it.
PS establishments are located on those parcels that are en-
circled by asterisks. Their code number is also shown on
the parcel where they are located.
It is possible to have up to three distinct customers
on a parcel of residential land: population units from two
classes and the residence landlord. No more than two
classes of population may live on a single residential
parcel. All population units purchase personal services as
part of their annual expenditures. All Pi's of a class on
a parcel purchase their personal services at a single PS
establishment. Landlords purchase personal services only
if they make maintenance expenditures. Buyers are assigned
to specific commercial activities taking into account price
charged, transportation costs to the store, capacity of the
store, and boycotts.
The four letter codes used within a parcel on the map
are L = low income, M = middle income, H = high income, and
R = residence. One or two of the first three codes prints if
population units live on the parcel. If no one occupies the
housing, no income class code is printed. The number after
the letter code is the PS establishment code. The outside
system suppliers are identified by the number code "1".
Local system PS suppliers are identj fied sequentially as
determined by their location. Establishments located on
parcels as one reads the map from top to bottom and from
left to right have the lowest code numbers. The identifi-
cation number assigned to a particular PS establishment
might change from round to round if new PS's are being con-
structed .at locations that are scanned prior to the parcel
on which that particular PS is located.
The buyer code "R" will print on every parcel that has
a residence. If the landlord makes maintenance expenditures
then the R is followed by a PS establishment code. No code
after the R indicates that no maintenance is being performed
on that residence parcel.
29
-------
Figure 10.2
TUICITr _ ROU.,r, 2
70 7? 74 7,, 7ป 50 ซ2 84 Kt OH ซ0 12 94 16 11 100^ 102^ 104^ 106^ 10F^ 110^ 112^ 114^ 116t_J'"<.
*. .
12 '.'.'.'.'..'
; ' ' '.'.'. '. '. ' ' 14
; ; ; i ; ; i * I >4* ป**....**....*
16. .....-ซ '',' I * J ! i ! "
." '. . '. '. '. . . . .in
11. ..... = .-.- .... .........
',]'.''.'.'''' ?o
* * ' * ป....^ ^ l 2. l 2. L 2. L 2
22 i .' : ' R 2' R ' R ' 1 ' ' ' '. . '. '. '. ' '. "
' r .'"'.' " a" ' t _ f . L 2. L 2. L 2. L ?. L 2.
24 I H 2. . . . M 2 -74
R 2. K 2. R 2. R 2. ป 2
* * . . . . . . .'H'^.'M ฐ2.ฐHฐ2. HI. '. l 2. L ?. . . ซ 2
26: . . "
, . .R2. P. 2.R2.R?. - , K <. R 2. . .R.
. M 2, H 1. 2. M 2. , . . L 2. V 2-
30 . . . . - . - .HI. 2. H 2. , . . . . . . . . . . , . - 30
. R 2. R 2. 2. * 2. , . . . R 2. R 2.
. H 1. H 1. 2. M 2. H ?. . . - 2. L 1-
32 . . . . - . = . . 2. H 2. H 2. . . . . M 2. . . . . - . . .3?
. R 2. R 2. 2. R 2. R 2. . . . R 2. Ft 2.
. H 2. H I. M ?. H 2. K ?. .H?.
34. , . . . . . . .HI. .H2.H2.H?, ,H2. . . . . . . , . . .34
. R 2- R 2. * . H R 2. . R ?.
. Hl.Hl. M?. M2. 11 7. H ?. . . '. . . . "
36 . H 2.' H ?. H 2. . 3(S
. H 1. H 2. H 2. M 2. H 2. . , . . . . . ". .""' .
31 . H 2. . 38
. P . R 2. R 2, P 2. R 2.
*0 - - - - ' - . "- . .* " . ." ," -ฐ .* 40
^"*****--e * .. . . . . . . . . . . . .44
+ .. .j*....*.,.,*,. ..ป....*....ป-.... + ,.ซ. + .. ..*... .+ .. + .. *, + * ^ + f I " " " " *
'[ ''''''.''.'.'.:.:::::.<*
''ฐ :'.::. ::.:. ::::' ''' ''' -'' ^
*..0. + . ..,ป....*,,,ป,..*.,..+...,*...* + + v I * * * * * * " " " " " " *
":::::::::::: ' : : : : : : : -' " "
*....*.... + ....*_... + ....+,..,+..,*....+ . +, t ^ ^ '. '. ' * " * * * * * * *
54 ฐ. '. ! I ฐ ! ....
st
56. - * I I I I i I ."'"""""*"*""
70 T2 U 76 ?8 80 82 84 66 88 90 92 94 ' -56 "98 ' 1 00 *"l02 "l04 "*106 "lOR 110 'll2 )U " 1 U *" jj j
PflDrELs
no ROW! PI CL4SS ฃln SFฐVI1.^ PS ****** ASTPC-tSKS IDENTIFY
imie ปnw: ri cuss A'O SfRvr-.r, PS NN ซ LOCaTIO^ or- PS
OTTHM ROW: RcSICtNCE 4^0 SCซVlf,G PS * PS
ซ * NN I 5 1>F
30
-------
Business Commercial Map
This map identifies the location of BG and BS estab-
lishments and indicates the establishment code number for
BG and BS establishments serving economic activities.
BG and BS establishments are located on those parcels
that are encircled by asterisks and their identification
number is shown. The outside system suppliers are always
assigned the establishment code of "1". Local suppliers
are then assigned numbers by starting at the top of the
board and reading from left to right.
Local economic activities (industries and PG and PS
commercial establishments) purchase BG and BS as part of
their annual operation requirements. Buyers are assigned
to a single specific supplier taking into account prices
charged, transportation costs to the commercial establish-
ments, capacity of the establishments, and boycotts.
The parcels on which buyers of BG and BS are located
show the two letter code for the business activity and the
number code of the BG establishment serving it (second line
and the number code of the BS establishment serving it
(third line).
31
-------
,0 92 04 -6
100 102 104 10* 10 11
I . 2
! . 2
10S 110 U? 114 1U
TO? ROM: LAMrt USE
HI POLE ftOrf: EC SFRVING Pft^CfL
rOTTOM ROW: BS SFflVlNf, PARCEL
P1SKS IDEM "IFY
TIU^ OF R& OR B
-------
Utility Map
This map designates the jurisdictional boundaries
(000) and the district boundaries (xxx) for all utility
plants within each jurisdiction. Utility districts are
groups of contiguous parcels that are within the service
area of a utility plant. There may be parcels of land
that are not contained within a utility district.
The information contained on a land parcel shows
the number of utility units required by utility users,
the number of utility units installed on the parcel, and
the number of the utility district serving the parcel.
Utility plant locations are indicated on the Utility
Map with asterisks surrounding the parcels on which the
plants are located. Each utility district is identified
with a unique utility number (starting with "1" and
ending with "n", where "n" is the number of utility dis-
tricts) . The bottom piece of information on each parcel
indicates the number of the utility plant serving that
parcel.
The number of utility units consumed on a parcel is
dependent upon the private land use activity. The map
key shows the number of utility units demanded by a level
one of each of the private land use activities.
The number of units installed on a parcel is a policy
decision made by the Utility Department. The Utility
Department provides one of nine .levels; of utility service
to a parcel. Each level of utility service has a corres-
ponding number of utility units that may be provided.
Consult the Utility Master Table for the maximum number
of utility units that may be provided for each level of
utility service.
A parcel of land that is within a utility district
may not be developed if the private development would
require more units of utility service than could be pro-
vided by the present level of utility service provided
to that parcel. Thus, the "UNITS INSTALLED" puts an
upper limit on the "UNITS SERVED" for all parcels within
utility districts.
33
-------
r j.y i
UT1LI r Y H/VP
90 92 9 600 ป 1ฐ
nil I I 1111 111 I 1022 22222 22 2 228
20 B
01! 1
1 I 1
22222222222S
1 1 1 I I
AC ซ 8 16
100 100 100 100 IOCR 900 100 100
1 1 1 1 1 K 2 2 2 2
222222
1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1
20 pa 24 52 n 57
100 100M 2OO 200 200 200
1 1 102 2 2 i
1 1 1
^8 A 12 16 12
100M 100 100 100 100
1111111102222
1 i i i
B 100 100
1. 1 1 1 8 2 2 2
I 2?
2 ฃ
E) ซ ซ:< 52 7B 76 16 n
2
B + + *4 + + + + + + + + K + ** + *-* + * * + + S
R 12 16 ^ 77 8 200 16 8 R
28 R 100 100 100 200 1 003 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 K 7q
Bll 111 1111111 IS 2222222222228
8
30 a
B I I 1
6
32 K
e i i i
100
i r i i
100
L I I 1
16
100
1
100
1
100
1
mo
i
100
1
100
1
300
1
78
?00
1
200H
i a
I 1 73
3nnfl
1 3
*
? *
i Ofl
2
300 1
300 2
2
700* 1
2 X
2 B
10 100
2
1 X 52
OX 100
X Z
fl
100
2
12
ino
2
100
2
100
2
100
2
100
2
200
2
200
2
200
2 2 ป
?00
222
K
R 30
2 2 r
K
ft 3?
2 2 S
B It 12 26 783 117 117 t
8 100 100 200 20CW 7 CO 300 100 100 31
ซ111 lllll 11 118222 22222222 22*
2222222222K
2222222222S
1111111111102?
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B 2 2
1 I 1 1 I 1 1
2*222222222222!t
48 B
ฐ 1 I 1 I 1
''11102222222222
' - ' ' l l ' l '
1 8 2
II
2222
2 2 2 2
' l ' ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a 2 2
56 fl
ซ 1 1 1
l l '
111B22222222
56 B
B 1 1
1 e 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 P 2
tJKmBESSXSZZ33K!KJ!ปSSBSซISปKF:sssuaaCBSnCSerKi:KSO)nr.COrฃฃBSป03*KSIJKSM^^
fit 68 90
108 HO 11?
P4RCELS PARCFL ฃCir,FS
TOP Pnwi UNtTS SFRVPO KX niSTR[CT Rnu.NDlRr
MIDDLE ROW: Lrsim llJST^LlEO On JURISDICTION DOU^DARY
BOTTOM ROW: UftLITV COflE IT UT ON PiRCEL Bfi ROTH
** UT DM PA
-------
Surface Water Map
The Surface Water Map displays those characteristics
of a surface water system which do not change dynamically
during a particular run of the model. For each parcel
on which there is surface water, the map shows the volume
of water, its rate of flow, and the percent of the surface
area of the parcel which is water.
The volume of water on a parcel is measured in mil-
lions of gallons per day (MGD) passing any one point on
the parcel. The volume of water on a parcel affects both
the water quality on a parcel and the amount of water
which can be removed from the surface water on that par-
cel for municipal and industrial use.
The rate of flow of water on a parcel is measured
in the number of parcels which water flowing at that
rate would cross in one day. Water bodies undergo a
natural cleansing process. The slower a river flows, the
less distance some types of pollutants travel before they
are naturally removed from the river.
The amount of surface area occupied by water has one
effect in the model: it preempts" a portion of the parcel
from use in other activities.
' The map also displays the direction of the river's
flow. The arrows between parcels point in the direction
that the water flows. Water flows from parcel to parcel,
traveling within parcels. If a parcel has a volume of
water but no arrows pointing away from it, it either is
the last parcel through which a river flows or has a
self-contained surface water system which does not dyna-
mically interact with the other surface water system
parcels.
A parcel which is displayed as all dots is entirely
water, usually a very large body of water into which a
river flows, such as a large lake or ocean. The water on
such a parcel does not interact with the surface water
represented in the model; its quality is affected by
activities in an area much greater than the simulated
area. For convenience, such a water body is termed a
lake in the model.
35
-------
100 10? 104 106 108 110 112 11 *
,
1
1
14 1
1
1
16 1
1
1
13 1
1
1
20 1
1
1
22 1
1
1
24 1
1
1
26 1
1
1
26 1
1
1
30 1
1
1 64
32 1 11
1
1
34 1
1
1
36 1
1
1
38 1
1
1
40 1
1
42 1
1
44 1
1
1
46 1
1
1
4* r
i
i
50 1
1
, I
52 1
1
1
54 1
1
1
56 1
1
1
58 1
I.
1
60 1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I'-
ll 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 >
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
I | I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1
lllllllll.il
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 >
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ! 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
i i i i i r i " i i ' i " i
i t i i i i i i i i i
i i i i iii i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
t i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i
> i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i
. .1 i no 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 ..1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 II
..I....I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 1501 1 1 t I I ] 111
1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' '
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
I 1 2001 1 1 1 1 1 1 I'
1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 250| 1 1 1 1 1 1 ! i !
I 1 11 1 1 1 . 1 1 1 1 II
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 2601 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 270 II III
1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 2801 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 tl 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 2101 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 3001 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
1 1 500< 200< 170< 150< 120< 1CO< 100< 100< 101< ?Q< 60< 70
1 1 11 < 11 < 11 < 11 < 11 < 11 < 11 < 11 < 11 < H < 11 < 11
1 | <<<<<<<<<<<
10< 521< 5101 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
< < 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 II
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 II
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 '
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
70 72 li,
7fl 60 0? 8*,
mnniF- R o ,j: PAT- OF FLOW
&CHTOH ROW: PflCTM Of $UBT if E ARCA
Of P/.1CSL IN WAHR
36
NO WiUR FLOW INT,
-------
Municipal Treatment Plant Map
A Utility Department supplies water to all economic
activities except some basic industries which obtain their
own water from the surface water. Each utility district
water district. A parcel is supplied with
water and sewer service when utilities are
on the parcel. The department can decide where
water, where to dump sewage, how much intake
will provide, how much sewage treatment it will
and where treatment facilities will be located.
is also a
municipal
installed
to intake
water it
provide,
Municipal water intake and sewage treatment plants
are located in the utility districts which they serve,
An intake treatment plant processes the surface water
removed from the parcel on which its intake point is
located (not necessarily within the water district which
it serves) . All water treated by an intake treatment
plant is processed to drinking water quality. The quality
of the water before it is treated varies with the amount
of pollution in the surface water where the intake point
is located. There are nine water quality ratings, 1 being
the best quality and 9 being the v/orst. A parcel's water
quality rating is based on the volume of water on the par-
cel and the amount of pollution entering it from adjoin-
ing parcels .
Water Quality Rating
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
Description
Drinkable - best quality water
Drinkable - with minor treatment
Swimmable - direct body contact
possible
Boating and Fishing - indirect
body contact
Fair esthetic value
Poor esthetic value - treatable
at moderate cost
No esthetic value - treatable
at high cost
Negative esthetic value -
treatable at very high cost
Unusable water
Seven types of pollutants are measured for the quality
rating.
Pollutants
BOD
Des cription
Biochemical Oxygen Demand; the
37
-------
Figure 10.9
96 100 102 104 106 108 MO II? 114 tl 1
d 1
e +--
C 1
is d 1
c I
e ซ--
ซ 1
20 d 1
0 I
i 1
22 t 1
d I
d l
24 4 1
d 1
0 1
26 0 1
d 1
ซ 1
28 d 1
( 1
1
30 t 1
0 1
d <
32 C <
e +--
d 1
34 C 1
d 1
C 1
36 C 1
' i 1
d 1
38 C 1
ซ 1
' C 1
40 d 1
d 1
0 1
42 d 1
d 1
44 t 1
d l
d 1
46 C |
t 1
ซ 1
48 9 |
ซ . 1
ซ 1 -
50 ซ 1
d 1
ป 1
5? d 1
d 1
ซ ~- + -
d 1
54 d 1
e i
d i
56 C |
C 1
6 ,--
0 1
56 d 1
d 1
e ซ-
60 S |
t 1
fiCSflf
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ei'W
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
\
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
nfflt)"^ pflfib^f'^SPOfiPRti wi'>u;iPr'l'R9
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
,111111
I 1 t " 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 t 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 I....I
1 1
1 1 1
1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1
1 1 1
1 J
1 1 t
1 1
1 1 ซ
1 1 0
1 1 t
1 1 ซ
1 1 t
1 1 (
1 ซ
1 0
1 ป
1 " 1
1 ป
1 9
1 ป
1 H
1 0
1 ซ
1 ป
1 o
1 *
1 d
1 ซ
1 ซ
1 0
1 o
1 *
1 ป
1 ซ
1 0
1 t
1 ป
1 I
1 8
1 d
1 d
1 t '
1 0
1 o
!< 9
1 a
1 d
1 4
1 t
1 i.
.. ..o l l I 1 I
. . I 1 1 I l
d I 1 1 1 I
IU 41 1 1 1 1 1
UT m I I 1 1 I
0 1 1 1 1 1
(i 1 l I 1 I
0 1 1 1 1 I
11 1 1 1 1 1
0 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
FT 40 1 1 1 1 1
[<<<<<
< t 11 1 II
FF 4< O ซ 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 t
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
III!!
' 1 1 1 " 1 " 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 ' 1
1 1 1 ' 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 t 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1,1 1 1 1 1
i i i r i i
i i i i. i i
i i i i i i
i i i i i i
i i i i i i
i i i i i i
i i i i i i
i i i i i i
i i i i i i
i i i i i i
i i i i i i
i i i i i i
'i i i i i i
i i i i i i
i i i i i i
i i i i i i
i i i i i i
i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i
i i i
i i i
i i i
i i i
i i i
i i i
i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i t i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
1111
i i i i
i i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i i
i i i i
i i i i i
i i i i i
i i i ii
i i i i i
i i i i i
i i i i i
i i i i
[ C
1 ซ
1 ป
1 11
* f
'. 9
1 t
1 t
1 a
1 t
1 f
l t
1 e
1 ป
i f
1 9
1 0
1 d
1 9
1 t
1 0
1 d
1 9
1 d
1 C
1 t
1 ป
1 ป
1 t
1 f
1 1
1 e
1 2
i ป
i d
i t
1 9
1 ป
1 8
1 1
I 9
I d
I 0
I ซ
I ป
I d
I 1
1 d
l a
i r
1 9
1 C
1 d
1 ซ-
1 9
1 1 ซ
+ e
1 t
1 t
1 d
t A
1 t
1 ซ
1 t
, K
1 t
1 3
1 J
1PP P 1CHT: IS V
HI DDL F IF FT: u
Hire-IE RICnT:
Rfin OK pnw: HI
1CSPAL EFFLUENl T-ifMMMT TYPF 6f)0 LFA'FL
.. . . LAKE PARCFLS
4 96 90 10Q 102 101 106 109
PAftCFl FDGITS
>1V< OIP.F.CHON OF r-LClW
NO VJATCR FLd-JlNf.
BFTwCEN P^^tC[^.S
onnn UTILITY DISTRICT ROUNOABY
110 112 1 I
38
-------
Pollutants
Chlorides
Nutrients
Coliform Bacteria
Temperature
Oil and Floating Solids
High-Level Wastes
Description
natural breakdown of this
pollutant causes a decrease
in the concentration of dissol-
ved oxygen in the water.
Chlorides are employed as an
indicator of persistent pollu-
tants .
Phosphate, nitrite, nitrate,
nitrogen, and phosphorous.
Indication of the potential
health hazard of a given body
of water.
A measure of the deviation from
the normal temperature of the
surface water.
Any oil added to the system
and all floating solids such
as refuse, garbage, cans,
boards, tires, etc.
Highly toxic, non-degradable
substances.
The quality of water at a district's intake point
affects, among other things, the cost to process the water
to drinking water quality. The water quality of a parcel
is shown on the Water Quality Map. That quality is not
affected by any pollution dumped on the parcel, only by
pollution dumped on upstream parcels.
An inflow treatment plant, while able to make all
but the worst (quality 9) water drinkable, has a capacity
which is a function of its level. The amount of water
which a district needs is a function of the needs of the
activities located in the district, but the amount of
water which a district can obtain may be limited by its
inflow treatment plant capacity. Whenever a district
cannot obtain all of its needed water for any reason,
including insufficient inflow treatment plant capacity,
the activities served by the district purchase that
proportion of their water needs which cannot be met
locally from the Outside at a high cost. The cost to
39
-------
construct an inflow treatment plant increases with the
number of levels constructed. Unlike levels of other
activities in the model, municipal treatment plant costs
and capacities are not necessarily even multiples of level
one costs and capacities. The land requirements, however,
are multiples of level one.
Municipal sewage treatment plants can be constructed
not only to different levels (capacities) but also -to
different types of treatment. The types of sewage treat-
ment are, in increasing order of pollution removal:
Chlorination (CL)
Primary Treatment (PT)
Secondary Treatment (ST)
Tertiary Treatment (TT)
Tertiary treatment requires the three other types of
treatment; secondary treatment requires chlorination and
primary treatment. The level of treatment printed on the
map is the level of the type printed and of all lesser
types. There is no provision for the case of different
levels of different types of treatment within a single
district.
Since treatment plants have fixed capacities which
vary by their levels, any district's sewage in excess
of its plant's capacity flows untreated into the surface
water on the parcel on which the district's outflow point
is located.
Note that all of a district's intake treatment must
be located on a single parcel. Likewise, all of its sew-
age treatment must be on a single parcel, although that
parcel does not have to be the same one as that on v/hich
its intake treatment plant is located.
'UT1 appears in the middle row of a parcel if there is
a utility plant on the parcel. Next to the 'UT' is the
code number of the utility plant. That number matches the
number printed next to the district's intake and outflow
points on the Municipal Inflow and Outflow Point Map.
4D
-------
Municipal Inflow and Outflow Point Map
Unlike treatment plants, municipal intake and
outflow points do not have to be located within the dis-
tricts which they serve. This map shows where each dis-
trict's intake and outflow points are located. The
code number next to the 'IN' or 'OU1 on the map is the
code number of the utility plant in the district which
the point serves.
Each district has one intake point and one outflow
point. However, there can be more than one inflow and
outflow point on a parcel. The map shows only one point
so if there is nore than one on a parcel, only the
Utility Department Report will note the existence of
all of the others.
41
-------
T WOCI TV
MUNICIPAL IHFIRV AND OUTFLOW POINTS
ICO 102 104 106 lOfl 110 112
1?
14
16
IS
10
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
46
43
50
52
54
56
56
60
0
t!
6
e
0
o
t>
0
t '
0
9
t
fi
ti
C
0
c
0
c
c
0
c
0
1
C i
0
t
1
0
t
0
e
C e
e
C
0
c
4
.11
11
t
c
IS
o
e
0
c
0
0
0
e
0
c
c
0
R
0
0
0
f.
R
t
0
e
0
0
0
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 !
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1
! 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 !
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
I 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
! 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 I
1 1
1 1
1 1
! 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 [
1 1
1 I
1 1
1 1
1 I
I 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
I 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
I 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
e3Ri-?t"Heapsqgfi3a^p
P4RTFLS
TOP LTF
n P F*. [ r
Minn IF
no T iff
FiFJTTOt
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I i 1 * 1 . 1 . . . . T' ! ! 1
I | 1 1. 5. 1. 2.S 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 ป 1 I 1
| 1 | 1 1 ซ 1 1 ]
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 t: 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 >
| | | | 1 It 1 1 1 1
| | 1 | I COU 11 1 1
1 1 1 1 I * 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 ซ 1 1 1
| | | | 1 1 1 1 1
||||lปlll 1
1 1 1 1 1 C 1 1 I
1 1 1 1 1 ป 1 1 1
I 1 I I I a -i 1 l I
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 !
1 1 1 1 HIM 11 1 1
1 l i ' 1 l ซ i l l 1
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
1 l 1 l l t l 1 I
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1
[ 1 ! 1 1 f 1 1 1 1
1 1 I 1 1 ซ 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 a I 1 I
1 1 1 1 J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 ซ 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 ป 1 1 I 1 I 1
1 1 1 C 1 1 1 1 1 |
1 1 1 3 I 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 C 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 0 1 ! 1 1 1 |
1 1 l a 1 1 1 l l i
1 1 I ซ 1 1 1 1 t 1
1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1
I 1 1 e i 1 1 1 1 I
1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 |
l l ซ l 1 I 1 i i
1 1 l o 1 I 1 I 1 l
1 l l o I I 1 I i
' 1 l o I 1 I I .1 1
1 1 1 0 1 1 1 | | |
' l l o i i i i | |
I l o 1 1 I 1 I 1
l i e 1 l 1 I l l
' 1 1 e 1 I 1 l . i i
j 1 j ป l t l 1 1 1
1 o I 1 1 1 l
1 1 c i i i i | |
J 1 ซ l l l i i i
1 1 ป 1 1 1 I 1 |
1 1 0 1 1 1 | | |
> 1 0 1 | | | , |
| 1 0 1 | | | ,
1 1 ซ 1 1 1 1 |
1 1 ป 1 1 1 1 | |
1 1 ซ 1 1 1 1 1 |
1 1 0 I 1 | | |
"l 1 1 1 1 1 ] '
1 1 1 1 1 1 ป
1 ,1 1 1 1 1 1 '
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 I 1 1 1 1 1 *
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 f
.,_ * + t * * * E
1 1 1 1 1 1 t'
\ 1 1 1 1 1 ป
I 1 1 1 1 1 f
1 1 1 1 1 1 o
1 1 1 1 1 1 ป
1 1 1 1 1 1 3
I 1 1 1 1 1 ';
I 1 1 1 1 1 5
I 1 1 1 1 1 t
1 1 1 1 1 1 !'
I 1 1 I 1 1 C
1 1 1 1 1 1 J
I 1 i 1 l l a
1 i l l i l 1
I llll.lt
I I I I I l 5
I I I I I I t
I I I I I I C
I I I I I I ซ
I I I I I I 0
I I I I I I C
I I I I I I I 1
I l l l I l a
I l l i i i l r
I I I l I I 3
I l l i l l i 1
I I l l I I l t
l I i l l l l r
l l l I i l l i
l l l i i i i t
1 l 1 l 1 l l J
l i l l i i *
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9
1 1 1 1 t 1 1 t
] 1 1 1 1 1 1 ป
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 e
l 1 I 1 I I l o
l I l l l 1 l .;
t I 1 l I 1 l i
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 S
I I 1 1 1 1 1 S
1 l 1 I l l i f
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D
I I I I I I 1 e
1 1 1 1 1 1 0
I 1 l l I i l i
l l I I 1 l I i
1 1 1 1 1 1 0
l i I I 1 l I a
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5
1 I I 1 l l l s>
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 S
l i 1 l l l I >
l 1 I I 1 l I <
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ;
1 1 1 1 l i f
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C
i I 1 l l i l i
l l 1 I 1 l 1 i
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C
1 I I l l i l i
l 1 I I 1 l l t
I I 1 l 1 i i t
I 1 l i l l i j
1 1 1 1 1 1 I :
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 n
PARCEL FOr.fS
T: I'i FOR VII
u: FQOF JU"
ROW: STFACE
LFFT: nj FHR
RIGHT: CCOE '
TC
Fa
01
|PซL I-IFLPJ POINT >AV< D,,ECIION nF flnu
OT UTILITY UISTlMCT INTซ1NG NO WaTFR FLOk'1.1-;
r[y ''.'I'-UIW RnTI:,f, PET'-vccn PAfCrLS
'FLOU Pnp,T OQQO UTILITY DISTRICT POUNOARY
HR OF- UTILITY DISTRICT DISCHARGING
.... L ARE PARCELS 42
-------
Water Quality Map
The surface water quality on a parcel is a function
of the pollution entering the parcel from adjoining par-
cels and of the amount of v/ater on the parcel itself.
The water quality on a parcel is not affected by any
dumping activity on the parcel itself. Any activity which
removes water from a parcel removes it at the quality
shown on the Water Quality Map.
Quality is the only characteristic,of surface water
which can change during a run of the model. The other
characteristics (rate of flow, volume, and surface area)
are constant.
Water Sampling stations can be set up to measure
the exact pollution content of the water flowing out of
parcels. Sampling stations can also be established to
measure the pollution content of v/ater generated by either
individual economic activities or municipal systems. The
operation of a sampling station is charged to the Utility
Department of the jurisdiction in which the station is
located.
The figure on the next page illustrates the processes
which affect surface water pollution. The pollution flow-
ing into a parcel from adjoining parcels is mixed in the
v/ater on the parcel. The pollution concentration per MGD
is then measured and the v/ater is rated in one of the nine
v/ater quality categories . The water quality rating is
the worst rating category generated in any sincrle pollutant.
The rating allows no trade-off between a pollutant which
is present in very low concentration and one which is very
highly concentrated.
Next, water is removed if there are any intaking
activities on the parcel. There are two types of intaking
activities: 1) basic industries of the types which require
surface water; and 2) municipal intake points. There can
be only one economic activity on a parcel, and if it is
a surface water user, it intakes and dumps on the parcel
on which it is lo.cated. Municipal intake v/ater is sent
to the municipal intake treatment plant and from there to
activities served by the district.
The surface water which is not removed undergoes a
biological change process in which some of the pollutants
decay naturally. That v/ater is mixed with any v/ater
dumped on the parcel. There are three types of activities
which can dump on a parcel. In addition to basic industries
43
-------
BORDERING PARCELS r
^
MIX AND
IATE WATER QUALITY
--
-t j
J
BIODEGREDATION
MUNICIPAL INTAKE
INDUSTRIAL INTAKE
(FL , MP , FO , TA, PA, CR)
INTAKE TREATMENT!
CRATRBTRcTp^TpsT!
_B G, BS , NS ^ J|
INDUSTRIAL- USE I
(SGfMF,NL,EL,TE)
TNTAKE TREAT'ISNT
OUTFLOW ,. .
TREATMENT RE CYCLE | I
UNTREATED
I INDUSTRIAL USE I
OUTFLOW
R
!UNTREATED
;SP
MIX
NEXT PARCEL
IN RIVER
-;::.JCNDUSTRIAL OUTFLOW j
:" ..FARM RUNOFF ^
,: 'MUNICIPAL OUTFLOW l-
UNTREATED
-j OUTFLOW TRE.ATMENT
>&BCTT.; Jt-u'TI
THE SURFACE WATER SYSTEM
SPj= Sampling Point Possible
-------
Figure
T wor riY
WATER QUALITY MAP
100 102 104 10& 10ซ 110 112 11* 116 11*
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 ] 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 I 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
! 1 1 1 1 1 1
I 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 i I 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 F 1| F 1| F I |
1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
I < < < F 1 < F 1< F 1<
f 8< 8 < * < S < 8< H <
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 ! I 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
II 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
i '. : : : :
i i i t i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i ' i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i t
i i i i i i i
l i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i t i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i
1 1 1 1 ! 1 1
i i i i i i i
i i i i > < i
i i i i i i i
1 1 1 1 1. 5.1. 2.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 IF2IF2I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F 21 F 2| 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F 21 F 21 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 I 1 1 1 IRA 1 IRA 1 IRA 2 IRA 4 I 1 1 1 1 | 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 I 1 1 IRA HRP 2IRB 3IR8 HRA ซl | 1 I I I 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 I=A 3IRA 4|OA UPS 1|HF 1 |TE II'A 4|RA 21 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
U4 4IRA 6IRC 1|RC 2IPG 11 |PA KSG URA 2AV< DIRECTION Of FLOW
NO WiTfl FLOWING
BFTWEEN PftflCFLS
45
-------
and municipal outflow points, farm runoff can add to the
pollution on a parcel. Whereas basic industries and muni
cipalities can treat their effluent and thus remove
some or all of their pollution, farm pollution can be
cut back only if the farm owner decreases the amount
of fertilizer used on the farm. The total amount of
pollution is then moved on to the next parcel in the
river.
The water quality map shows where rivers and econo-
mic activities are located in addition to water Quality.
46
-------
Water Usage Map
Basic industries can treat their effluent in order
to remove pollutants. An industry's effluent treatment
plant is located on the same parcel as the industry and
does not consume land. Like municipal effluent treatment
plants, industrial treatment plants can be of four types:
chlorination (CL), primary treatment (PT), secondary
treatment (ST), and tertiary treatment (TT). Industrial
treatment plants can be constructed to any level and each
treatment plant level has the capacity to treat all of
the effluent of a level of the industry type which it is
constructed to serve. The construction cost of a level
of treatment plant varies by treatment type and type of
industry.
Industries can recycle up to half of their effluent.
Recycled water is not processed through an effluent treat-
ment plant. Its treatment is a process distinct from
industrial intake or outflow treatment and costs a fixed
number of dollars per MG recycled. So, a level two indus-
try at a recycle level of 100% and having a level one
effluent treatment plant treats all of the water which
it dumps. If the recycle level under those conditions
were 50%, then the industry would treat only two-thirds of
the amount which it dumped and one third would be dumped
untreated.
Unlike municipal water intake treatment facilities,
industrial intake treatment is assumed to exist when the
industry is constructed and it is assumed to have the
capacity to treat all of the water required by the indus-
try. Like municipal intake treatment costs, industrial
intake treatment costs increase as water quality worsens,
and the worst water (quality 9) cannot be treated. The
industry is forced to pay a high cost for water, the cost
represented by the Outside price of water. Furthermore,
intake water quality affects the depreciation of surface
water users, a reflection of wear on treatment equipment.
NOTE: Regardless of tne amount of recycling, intake water
quality has tne same effect on industrial deprecia-
tion. The volume treated does not matter. The
assumption is that recycled water goes through in-
take treatment, so no wear and tear on treatment
equipment has been avoided.
47
-------
Figure
10. 7
70 72 74 76 78 60 82 84 flft 88 90 92 *?4 96 ifl 100 102 104 106 108 UO 112 114
g ซ
12 B S
B R
3 B F 2 F 2
148"" R
fl fl
6 " " B F 2 F 2
16 2 R8 2 RFi i
36 r c
fi 3
36 8 -- ' r
Eป. ซซ.ปป,ป. e.t<-
40 B B
8 B
fl e
42 a e
8 " " " B
fl n
44 a - ' B
a I
n 9
46 B D
I G
II I
4B B B
a- >
B B
50 a " - . . - - - - -- ... t
ป i
C .._.-._ - - f . . _
52 a r
> K
ซ a
54 a ,
ซ ' e
ซ e
56 ป - t
0 e
ป ป
58 J K
ซ e
r a
60 ซ (
8 c
70 7? 74 76 76 BO 83 64 66 63 40 92 >K <^ Qft 100 102 104 t 06 103 110 112 114
P4RCFIS PARCFt. ED'-.E')
TQP hflu: FrC\n"!C ACT1V TY TYrr XX XX UTILITY DISTRICT OP'.nHiRY
A'lO fu'C^'-TI'.-j [V'L 00 00 JUPI SOICT10;! eOU'lfURY
r Cfr, T nr WMTB ;rCYCLCO
BOTfO" POW: ( ,, ^^r,IC '/IJUyl^l -n
r UIE'M T UlHilll 48
Y E i',0 L Vft UKE Pft"CELS
ซnu^ 2
116 110
X
f> 1?
n
R 14
R
fl
n ic.
a
S 1PI
a
s
. C 20
' fl
B
S 22
R
8
ป ?4
B
a
r ?h
a
R
R 20
e
a
* 30
9
R
B T?
R
g
R '4
e
* s
B Tft
C T*
G
ป 40
s
B 4?
ti
e
e 44
X
B
A 46
e
R
e 4ซ
ซ
s
fi SO
n
ป 5?
R
a
s ซ;t
R
R
s
ซ SP
a
r (.0
a
116 113
-------
Municipal Services Map
This map designates the jurisdictions! boundaries
(000) and the district boundaries (xxx) for aJ.l municipal
service districts within each jurisdiction. Municipal
service districts are groups of contiguous parcels that
are within the service area of a municipal service (MS)
plant. There may be parcels of land that are not contained
within a MS district.
The information contained on a land parcel shows the
private land use and constructed level and the number of
MS units required by this private land use. The MS use
index is shown on those parcels on which a MS plant is
located. The parcel locations of MS plants are also
indicated by surrounding asterisks (***).
Private land uses require the number of MS units
indicated in the MS Master Table. Each land use receives
the number of units of service it requires, but the quality
of the MS service is based upon the ratio of units demanded
within a district to the units that are available to the
MS plant given its level, value ratio, and employment mix.
This ratio is called the MS Use Index, and as it rises
above 100 the quality of service declines.
The MS Use Index affects the neighborhood index
(neighborhood dissatisfaction) which in turn a.ffects
migration and housing selection; the Use Index also
affects the rate at which private developments decline
in value each round.
49
-------
r xy U.L t:
! cl:rv KUVICIPJL Sfvici ซP ซnuw ?
ซ a*. ป9ป.ป ปปซซซซ*ป 6eiป**?*ซA ซ*ปป<ซ *ป!) **ซ**ป**( t****'******1***0***"6560" *****'*"** t***"*c?******ฐ******* *********"*******""*
70 72 7,, 7f 78 80 82 84 B6 88 90 92 14 "6 1ป 100 102 104 -106 108 110 112 114 116 118
riปป1S ....... ' ^ a
"i i . .
a*********** *ซ****** + * * ซ * ft
\ Q
"I | |"
j************; + ****** * r,
16 S fl U
R a : '
9 + + ********** R *********** B
a n n
lea a B IB
n s B
ft + + + t*** + * + **n**** + *** + **fl
R S 0
70 B H n 20
F. n 9
g + ** + ******* ปg**** + *** + ** fi
3 RA 1B1A 1 RA 2 RA * i B
22 3 108 10 20 40 E 22
K B ซ
S RA 1R1B 2 RB 3 R6 1 50 20K 6U l^y 1^0 l^u
!ซป...ป.?ป.,*, , ฐ
ซ Iซ IfilU 1 R* 3 RA 4 R4 3 * fl
'B ป ..... 1()! J0 J0 ^o ^o "OH
: -....: : r
-I....: i r
B p
42 S B ฐ
B J - ฐ "
j ****'***!.ป.*.......,.;
44 g S -- - ' n
: j s"
C **** *ป*ป*ปปป*ป!
:
ซซซ*ซซ*ป,.ป: o
ซ: .8B * o
e " B n AS
8* + ****** + + B ฐ
50 S J *****
" c ฐ '"
ป*ปซซปซ>ซซฃ a
s ;*.**.*ปปปปซซ.ป
52 R " -0
" a "ฐ ^
"'*ปซ**ป, 84-.. ฐ
54 E J 0
I -ซ-- - - ฐ "
56 B ฃ 0
S . 0 5A
.'*- 2
593 " n
e B o SP
B + *ป***A " Q
fl * * * ? * * + * > + ****** + c
to s R n
s J n 6n
.1^ . 1''<^.
-------
School Map
This map designates jurisdictional boundaries (000)
and school district boundaries (xxx) for all school dis-
tricts within each jurisdiction. A school district is
a group of contiguous parcels that are within the service
area of a school facility. Therefore, every school facil-
ity (conceptualized as a collection of elementary and
secondary education buildings) has an associated school
district. There may be parcels of land that are not
served by a public school district. School aged children
on these parcels are forced to attend private schools.
The information contained on a parcel of occupied
residences shows the number of students attending the
local public school (top line) and the number of students
attending private schools (middle line). Both of these
student figures are expressed in hundreds of students.
The School Use Index is shown on those parcels on which
a school facility is located. The parcels on which school
facilities are located are surrounded by asterisks (***).
Students from high and middle income families will
attend the local public schools only if a certain number
of school quality criteria are met. Consult the School
Master Table for the specific cri'teria.
The School Use Index is dependent upon the number
of students attending the school district and the capacity
"of the school district given the level and value ratio of
the school facility and the mix of teachers. As this
index rises above 100 the quality of public school ser-
vices declines. The School Use Index affects the neigh-
borhood index (neighborhood dissatisfaction) which in
turn affects migration and housing selection.
School district boundaries may be altered by the
School Department in an effort to improve the supply-
demand balance, serve areas previously not served, and/or
change the social class mix of the students attending
the public schools.
51
-------
70 72 74 76 76 80
12 a
ft
14 S
H
16 a
g
n
18 0
a
B
20 R
a
8
22 8
6
fi
24 6
B
8
26 B
B
e
28 B
n
B
30 B
3
a
32 B . - - -
8
B
34 3
H
36 B
B
38 B
IB
40 8
*
4? B ^
t
t
44 ฃ
46 B
B
B
4R B
B
50 8
R
52 B
54 0
9 " '
56 B --.
B
5ft B
60 S
e
BflntrKr.C^SaKKBfSBC'ICSflRftSEERffKRRRf;
TOP ROW: PUB SOU. S rriTS
BOTTOM RO*: SGML USf | ni X
1 IF U.HL CN P RCEL >
NUMBER OF STUOfNl U 100* S
82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 90 100 102 104- 106 108
B
e
a
R
a
a . .
R
ft
R
B
n
ซ
IB 2 4 9
B
IB
IB 28 44 14 9
fl
R
7 7 7 48 28 7 4-
B
l fl
391 B 94
8
X 5 9X * * R 4
X 1 X 40* 67* 6 4
x x * * a
791* IB* 15E 3
lซ 11* 11H 29 4
* 48 * R
536 20B *
g ป
7 28
fi 12 M 24 16
R
la
B 1 3 6 *
D
8
f|
a
R
U
ซ
- - - *
"
R,
8
0 "'
e
B
R
g
XX 0! Ut icr F.GUNOARY
nn JURISDICTION BOUNDARY
en ROTH r'J
* SCHODL OM PiRCCL ^ ^
1 10 112 114 1 16 118
0 1?
0
0 1 4
0
0 16
o
0 IB
0
0 20
0
0 22
0
0
0 24
0
0
0 26
0
0
0 ?
-------
Highway Map
This map designates the location and level of roads
and terminals. Roads may be built in the roadbeds which
are located along the sides of the parcels of land. Roads
may be built at one of three operating levels (1 through 3,
with 3 being the largest capacity road). Road locations
are identified by a coordinate pair that consists of an
even and an odd number. For example, 7011 is the east-west
road at the upper left portion of the map and 6912 is the
north-south road at the upper left portion of the map.
[Roads may not be built along the extreme right boundary
(line 119) or along the extreme bottom boundary (line 61)
of the map.]
Terminals may be built at one of three service levels
(with level 3 being the largest capacity terminal). Ter-
minals are located at the intersections of roads or road-
beds. Business activities that use terminals are assigned
to specific terminal locations taking into account accessi-
bility and terminal capacity.
53
-------
j-gure.
TWOCITY
HIGHWAY MAP
OOOOOMCOOCCOOOOOSOCWOOOOOCaMMOOOOOOCMOCOSOOOCOOCOOOOO.OOOOWn.OO.aOOO.OOWO
12 0 6 . .
I.. ..'.....: "
0 B . .
16 0 D . .
0 0 . .
ISO B . .
0 8 . .
jo o a . .
D ซ
0 H . .
0 B . .
o ..;.. R .'-
o a
0 f] . .
0 r ..... n . .
0 H p=c = = 117 tt
0........ . H . G . .
0........ . H . 0 . .
0 ., .H,.. . OCCOOB.
D ........ .HON..
0........ . H 0 H . .
0 H ' . .OH]
O........H..QH
O.........H.OH
O.........H.QH .,
0. ........ .R.H
0......... S.H
0 u
9-. ........ O.H..
0 0 H
0 ...O.H..
0 f 0 H
0 0 H
0 O.H..
ซ* 0 o . H
0 O.H..
0 0 H
0 0 H..
*6 0 0 . H . ,
0 D H..
0 O.H..
o o " H * * "
0 Q H
D 0 H
50 1 o : H : :
0 O.H..
ปSQ :::::::::: S :!::
0.. n *
0 " '.* "o H
"S : S : ป : : :
1... .:....:...,:.... ?"
0 ' O.H...
5 O.H...
60 0 I " ' ' " 0 * H * "
RCU'in 2
102 104 106 108 1 in U2 114 lift 115
^00000000000090. 00 _J. ^ , ^ ...,.._., ,
. . 0 12
< 0
0 14
0
o
0 1A
0 IP
i I
0 ?0
o
0
R A 4. . . . . . . . 0 ?*
. . 0
0
0
R4 2. . . . . . - 0 2fl
C
0
0
HA ฃ. . 0 30
0
. 0
RA j. .... 0 32
" o -
C
0 34
.- .0
......,-. 0
0
0
o
0
0
0
3 40
0
0
0 51
C
D
..... 0
0 52
0
.0
0 S4
0
0
0
0
0 60
3COCOOCO??3Q0203QQC02COCCQCOC330-30I20C33?02QCC23l^r"^-in
98 100 102 104 106 108 110 112 114 life UR
PARCEL KEY
UNO USE AND IEVFL
PARCH EDGES
QAHfJED
YPF ? RCAD
IRISOICT ION B;IUNOARY
I'JTFRSFCTIONS
X TYPE 2 TFCMM\
54
-------
Planning and Zoning Map
This map shows the zoning that is in effect on each
parcel of land for which the local jurisdiction has desig-
nated a zoning code. New land uses must conform to the
zoning classifications. Existing land uses are not forced
to change as the result of new zoning classifications
that are inconsistent. Parcels that have no zoning do not
have any construction limitations placed upon them. The
land uses allowed under each zoning classification are
shown in the Economic Master Table and in the Planning and
Zoning Master Table.
The percent of each parcel devoted to parkland and
public institutional land is also shown on the Planning
and Zoning Map. Parkland is relatively undeveloped public
land that is operated by the Planning and Zoning Department
and serves the community in the form of football and base-
ball fields, picnic areas, hiking trails, and wooded land.
Public institutional land contains costly public recreation
facilities such as museums, art galleries, libraries, and
sports arenas.
This map also shows the road network, terminals and
jurisdictional boundaries.
55
-------
1M I 16 111
.,..1... ' ...,.I I ' "... I n
, 41 . 4i . 41 . 40 fl 20
D
.',..... . 52 H . D
........ H . Ft
4F1 . 24 H 0 H
H Q H
....... H 3A . o 0 H
H OH
: : : : : : : : : "ฐ U '" : " S " !! R0
^ . 0 48 . 4 B H
e . H
. 40
!
40 .
.
40 . 31 , 31 - 31
40 . 31 . 31 . 11
40 .31 31 , 31
- - c
3
0
. 0
3
* . o
31 . . - - 0
... 0
Q
31 . . . - Q
. . C
.... 0
31 . 0
0
0
0
0
3
... . . 0
0 M
0
100 102 104 106 103 1 in 112
00 On JLIR I SD1CT IH'i BOUN'DA^Y
56
CRSFCTin-tS
1 Tฃ<5"!NA1_
2 TC^I'ML
22 U
?i Cl
30 NS,(\r,,1S, PC, PS
-------
Parkland Usage Map
This map shows the location and amount of land devoted
to parks. Each parcel containing parkland has a number
that indicates the percent of the parcel in parks. A
"park" is all the parkland on a single parcel regardless of
the percent of the parcel devoted to park use. Parkland
from two parcels may not be combined into a single ''park" .
The local population using each park is the second
piece of information contained on, each parkland parcel.
An index value of parkland use is the final piece of in-
formation on each park parcel.
The number of people living on a residence parcel is
a measure of the demand for parkland by that parcel. This
demand is supplied by parks within a 5 by 5 grid centered
on that residence parcel. Each park within the grid is
assigned a share of the residents on the residence parcel
that is proportional to the size of each park relative to
the total parkland within the grid. Therefore, assignment
to parks is performed from the point-of-view of the resi-
dence parcels.
Once all the residence demand has been allocated to
parks (residences that have no parks within their 5 by 5
grid are not allocated to parks) the park use index is cal-
culated by dividing the people served by 250 times the
normalized percent of the parcel in parkland. The normal-
ized percent of the land in parkland is derived by adding
the percent in parkland and two times the percent of the
land 'in public institutional use.
The park use index affects personal dissatisfaction
in such a way that poor parks (those with use indices be-
tween 10D and 200) tend to diminish the positive effect
that units of time spent in recreation has on the personal
dissatisfaction index. The park index used by a residence
parcel in determining the effect of park service on dis-
satisfaction is the park with the highest use index within
the 5 by 5 grid area. A residence with no park to serve
it is assumed to be served by a park with a use index of
200.
When a residence is served by a park with a park use
index of 100 or less, the number of units of leisure time
allocated by social classes on that parcel (TR = time in
recreation) are subtracted from the personal dissatisfaction
index. If the park index is greater than 100, the number
of units subtracted from the personal dissatisfaction index
57
-------
is equal to the Park Use Index minus 100 (and expressed
as a percent) times TR. Thus, if the park Use Index is the
worst possible (200) the effect of local park service on
the personal dissatisfaction index is zero. Therefore,
park service quality has only a one-sided effect on personal
dissatisfaction (it may subtract from personal dissatis-
faction but never add to it).
This map also shows the road network, terminals, and
jurisdictional boundaries.
58
-------
.figure xu .
12
14
16
IB
20
22
?4
26
?6
30
32
34
1ft
IB
40
*?
44
46
4ft
SO
S2
54
*i6
51
AT
T
, oc-ccoc
................. 0 ซ . .
n w . " h-
0 B . 32 * . . H
GH....9W...H
O...V...-.I.O..H
0 H w .3.W.O..H
0 M * Q . * . 0- -. - _U
C H * . . 0 . H K 0 . . H
P H w . 0 . M X 0 . . H
C1 H -4 . H . 3 C . . H
.,''.. 0-..M-*...M.H.ซ..h
0 . . - . H V . U . . .30H .200 . fl H 14 h
. 0 . . . . ป . H . .K..2*.*.0.,H
o....ป'.ป..ซ'...'-.o.-H
C H 0
, ......... J -." 'J - -
C . -. * C .
7/> 77 74 7* 7ft *t Pt2 44 flt Aft 10 9? 44 OA 4K 100 10? 104 106 109
PAorpis i* "f.FL rnr,c^ INTFOSCCT inNi
on oo uป tsnir.t i IN IOUMHABY
nnu'JO o
no ii? ii4 116 lie
ocoooocoooo
0 . 0
0 . 0
0 . 0
. .. .C1CPCOOCICCO C>
0 ... 0
0 ... 0
0 . . . C
W . . 0
X ... 0
H . . . 0
o
0
0
0
0
0
C
C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
N . 0
0
^ .. a
H . . 0
H . . O
H . . 0
o
0
0
0
0
0
g
0
0
0
H . . . 0
H . . . 0
H . . 0
N . 0
H . 0
0
0
OCOC200C00330COCOCOOCCQOO
...
0
0
110 112 114 M6 11Q
12
14
16
11
?0
??
?4
26
2ft
TO
32
34
36
}q
4^
42
44
4A
4fl
SO
i2
54
Si
M
f>l
59
-------
Market Value Map
This map designates the jurisdictional boundaries
(000) and the highway system (including terminals).
Nonfarm parcels of land that are owned by local decision-
makers contain information on the market value of the
land and developments on the parcel (values are in $100,000 's)
The top row of each such parcel indicates the market
value of 100% of the land on the parcel. This value of
100 percent of the land on the parcel is printed so that
comparisons may be made from one parcel to another without
having to take into consideration what percent of each
parcel is privately owned. Since there is usually some
land on most parcels that is not privately owned, the
actual market values of the land will be somewhat less
than indicated on the map. Nonprivate uses of the land
might be for rights of way, schools, municipal services,
utilities, treatment plants, parks, institutional, public
undeveloped, water bodies, and topographically undevelopable.
The middle row indicates the market value of all pri-
vate developments. This value is the normal new value
(see Economic Master Table) of each land use times the
constructed level times the value ratio.
60
-------
Figure
10. 16
TIOCITY
0 I. I. .
12 0
0 1. 1
0 I. I.
01.1
16 0
o ........
C
0
0 120.
22 C .........
0 ... .... 116.
0 -=*
0 1?0.
2* Q .........
0 116.
C
0
26 0
0 -
0
30 Q . . . . . . . ?fl. S7
3? 0 57. 57H
0 303. 561. 5V.M
0 "
3* 0 35.
0
36 0 .........
0
0 .........
40 0. ........
0 . . . ,-'
o
Q .........
0 .........
o
*6 0 ..........
o .........
*
u .....
"ฐฐ " " " " *
c " "
0
0 .
0
0 .........
creo0C3Mซซ0055!)3OT!,0ซCซMOMC3ซCCCCซ = S5C
PARCEl KEY
TOP OW: M , *5ฐH
90
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
..!... .0.
0.
0.
PARCFL
I] TVPฃ 1
-------
Assessed Value Map
This map shows the assessed values of non-farm land
and of developments on the land for those parcels of land
that have a private local system owner (i.e., .non-farm
parcels owned by Economic Teams). The top number on a
parcel square is the assessed value of 100% of the land.
Assessed values of land are created in two ways: first,
land that is newly purchased at a price higher than the pre-
vious market value is given a new market value equal to the
sale price and a new assessed value that is dependent upon
the jurisdiction's developed land assessment ratio or un-
developed land assessment ratio, depending on whether there
is any economic activity on the parcel; second, through
local assessment policy. The local assessment policy can
change the value by altering the land assessment ratio
(either jurisdiction-wide or by parcel) or inputting a
dollar amount (this decision only lasts for one round) .
The second number is the assessed value of the devel-
opment on the parcel. If no number appears in this position,
the land is still undeveloped. Assessed values of devel-
opments are changed through new constructions, declining
market values of developments (resulting from declining
value ratios), and changes in the development assessment
ratios. The Assessment Department may change the assessed
values of developments by changing the jurisdiction-wide
development assessment ratios, changing the development
assessment ratio for specific parcels, or by inputting
a dollar value of the development assessment (this decision
lasts for only one round and must be input each round for
which the dollar assessed value is to remain the same)
The last line on a privately-owned land parcel shows
the total (land and development) assessed value. The
dollar values on this map are expressed in a scale factor
($lm; $100,000; or $10,000) that is chosen by the computer
based upon the highest and lowest dollar values represented
on the map. Therefore, the map key is adjusted automatically
when the need arises.
This map also shows jurisdictional boundaries, the
road netowrk, and the location of terminals.
62
-------
Figure
10.17
oft 1TJ 110 11? 11*
12 o n
o i . i. . . . . . . . . . . a
0 B
0 I. 1 0
1* 0 0
01.1. . . . . . . . . . . e
o n
0............0..
Ifr 0 D
C.. .........8..
c , n
0 B
1S-0 Q
o a
0............ 200R
a. ........... 2onn
Q n
22 Q . . ........ 4<3 A. 9. 16
3 ........ 60. ISO. 220. . 36CO 31S. 37j. 1 7 r,
2* 0 ............ *0 19. SS. 71
o n..
0 . . . . . . . 1S0.2?0.300. 3SF 3 POfiC
00 DO JUR1 S01CT ITS nOUNIAftY
-0 1?
o
o
0
0
0 1<>
... o
0
o
0 16
0
0
. 0
o
0
o
0 2?
16. ....... 0 ?4
1^6. ....... 0
0
<34. , .35. . . . . 0
10-S. , , *3. ... 0
! 0
8. . Q 2fl
*. ... 0 10
11. . .... 0 32
0
80. 61. ... 0
0 34
80. "0. ... 0
3 3*.
0
3
C 3<>
C
0
0
0 <-2
0
0
D
C *^
0
0
0
0
o 40
0
0 ^0
0
0
0
C1 5?
- 0
0 *<-
D
0
0 Si
0
3
Q Sfl
0
C
0
D fr>
3ccc: = ;-jco-."j-:scซjc-'0oi::cc^;"''^oj'^-0v"' -I
L02 10*. 1(16 101 Lin 112 114 116 11*'
INURSFCTtONS
i T r p H i N A L
2 TTPIINAL
3 TTRMIML
63
-------
Farm Assessed and Market Value Map
The value shown for a farm parcel on the map is for
that portion of a parcel which is in farm use. The ratio
of assessed value to market value is set by,the Assessor
of the jurisdiction in which .a farm is located. A farm
owner pays local property taxes at the rate set by the
Chairman and on the base, set by the Assessor of the juris-
diction in which the farm is located. Since a farm's net
income before taxes is fixed according to the farm's
fertilizer level, the amount of land at the farm and the
farm type, the only variable expenditure is local property
tax.
64
-------
Figure
10.15
T KH C 1 T Y
ASSESSED 4\C HARKFT VALUE
<3fl 100 102 1 0<- 106 lOfl HO 112 11*. 11 i
o jocgooc coocnooorooo"Cw ^o
12 0
C ........
0
0
0
16 0
0
0
0 ........
18 0
0 ........
0
0
0 ... ....
0
0
22 0
0
0
24 Q
D .......
0
0 ........
26 0
0 ........
Q..I
0 ........
28 0
0 ........
0
0 . .7. . 10.
300 . . . 47. 5 . 67.
o . . . it, . 64 . a*. .
0 . . . 7. . 10.
0
3* 0
0 ........
0
0 ........
36 0 .......
0 . ......
0
C ....
0
0 ........
3 ........
<2 0 ...'....
C . .
C
0 ........
44 O ........
0 ........
0
0........
*6 0 ........
c ........
0 ........
*3 3 ........
0 ........
C.
0 ........
50 0 ........
0 ......
C
52 C ........
C ... ...
0
0 ........
5* 0 ........
0 ........
0
0 *..... . .
0 ........
C
,
. H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
...... .B=" = e:>i
B
e
B
0
p.
0
0
0
0
0.
0
0
0
0.
0
0
0
0.
0
0
0
0.
0
0
0
C.
0
0
0
0.
0
0
0
0.
0
0
D.
.
.
.
,
..c?:
0
0
0
o
0
..0. .
0
0
0
,
.
,
.
.
.
n .....
0
06......
. . f i
n e. 6, . *
0 86 .100 ....
. .0
B 10. 7.
a as .ion . .
..n
B ......
B "......
0 ......
B ......
n ......
B ...
fl 1
B . . |
R . . 1
H . . |
..B |
e . . i
D . . 1
B . . t
0=.=,c lit-lit
n . . I
0 . . 1
n . . t
;cn i
H ..!...
H |
H . . |
H|..,..
H|.....
H |
H t . .12.11.21.
H|.. BO. 73. 67.
H | . .100 .100 .100 .
HI.....
Hi
Hi
H . .
H ...
H ......
H .....
H .....
H ......
H .....
H ......
H ......
H . . . .
..H
H ......
H ......
..H
0 1?
0
0
0
0 14
0
0
0 16
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 ?0
0
a
0
0 7?
0
0
C
0 ?4
0
C
0
0 2*-
0
. . 1 0
I ... 0
1 ... 0 2<*
1 .... D
. 1 0
t o
( . , . . 0 30
I .... C
I .... 0
1 . . . . 03?
1 o
0
0 34
0
C
0
0 3f.
0
0
0
0
C
a in
0
0 4?
0
0
a 44
0
0
0
0 46
0
0
0
0
0
0 SD
0
0
0
0 52
0
?
0
0 54
C
0
0 ^6
C
0
l3CC'CC03Crn3iJOOC'JOOOO^'30Q?OOOCJi'COQ70CCOOCOOOOC."3'J3C'3DC'?COrcrCCCOC'CTOC?CCiO
f>2
-------
Farm Map
A farm can contain more than one parcel. All of the
parcels in a single farm have the same owner, farm code
number, farm type, and fertilizer level. The amount of
land in farm use may be different for the different par-
cels in a single farm. The rest of the land can be in
public use or can be topographically unusable. No other
economic activity can be located on a farm parcel, and
all of the farmland on a single farm parcel is of the
same farm type. When the economic owner of a farm parcel
changes, the parcel ceases to be classified as a farm.
Once an initial starting configuration of the board has
been selected, no farms can be created.
There are two types of decisions which a farm owner
can make: set the fertilizer level for a farm; and sell
part or all of the farmland on a farm.
A farm's fertilizer level is an integer from 0
to 3. Associated with each of the four fertilizer factors
is a multiplier which represents the increase in normal
income which occurs at that fertilizer factor for the
farm type. There is also an associated amount of pollu-
tion in the runoff resulting from each fertilizer factor.
Volume of runoff stays the same for a farm parcel regard-
less of the amount of land on that parcel in farm activity
When a parcel is no longer a farm, no more runoff exists.
A farm owner's income increases as he sets a higher fer-
tilizer factor level. Likewise, the amount of pollution
on a farm's runoff increases with the fertilizer level.
66
-------
Figure
10.14
ฐ ...o . . ... o
12 o n o
0 ..0 0
0 n 0
0 ...... ,...iu?.ft?. ,4'.,. .0
iซ o . , ., ... . . . . n
ฐ n 2 i . z i o
0 0
0 FJ1 ?.J 2. 0
1?
1 ,
14
021. ? 1.
. 1 00
. 2 \
C1 ...
0 .......
c .......
0 ... .
0
c
C . . . A 1 . A I . rt 1 .
C . . . 64 84 P
-------
Farm Runoff Map
Farms do not use surface water or municipally-
supplied water. Their water requirements are assumed to
be met by rain or ground water. However, some of the
water which falls on farms runs into the surface water.
Farms use fertilizer, and those nutrients flow into the
surface water in farm runoff. The Farm Runoff Map shows
where farm runoff flows. The program assigns each surface
water parcel a code number, which is printed on the top
row of parcels containing surface water. Wherever there
is a farm, the middle row shows 'F1 and the farm type.
Different types of farms have different -basic fertilizer
requirements and net incomes from sales. On a farm par-
cel the bottom row of the parcel shows the code number of
the surface water parcel on which the farm parcel's run-
off flows.
A farm owner sets a level of fertilizer use for the
farm. The higher the fertilizer level, the greater the
concentration of nutrients in the runoff from the parcels
comprising the farm.
68
-------
Figure 10.12
100 102 104 106 108
110 112 11* 116
III 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1..
12 1 1 1 II 1 1 1 1 I..
Ill II 1 1 1 1 1..
Ill II 1 I 1 1 1
Mill II 1 1 1 1 |
III II 1 1 1 1 1
III II 1 1 1 1 1
"III II 1 1 1 1 |
III II 1 1 1 1 1
III II 1 1 1 1 1
IB 1 1 1 II 1 1 1 1 |
III II 1 1 1 1 |
III II 1 1 1 1 1
20 1 1 1 II I 1 1 1 |
III II 1 1 1 1 1
III II 1 1 1 1 |
22 1 1 1 II 1 1 1 1 1
III II 1 1 1 1 |
III II 1 1 1 1 |
2t 1 1 1 II 1 1 | | |
III II 1 1 1 1 1
III II 1 1 1 1 1
26 1 1 1 II 1 1 1 1 1
III II 1 1 1 1 1
III II 1 1 1 1 1
28 1 1 1 II 1 1 1 1 1
III II 1 1 1 1 1
III II 1 1 1 1 1
30 1 1 1 f 11 F \\ f \ 1 1 1 1 |
1 1 1 21 1 20 1 11 1 1 1 1 |
1 24 < 23 < 22 < 21 < 20 < 11 < IB < n < It < 15 < n < 13
32 1 < < < r 1< f 1< r \< < < < < <
III 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
III 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
36 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
III 11 1 1 1 1 1
38 1 ! i i 1 i '" 1 i ' i i i ' 1
1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
40 1 1 ! '. ' '''!!!
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
42 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
XIII 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
III 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
III 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
46 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
*B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
50 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
52 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
III 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
54 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
| I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
56 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
58 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i
I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
| I I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 6 | 1 | | | | , | | 1 1
1 IF2IF2I 1 1 1 | | | 1 1
1 1 161 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 F 21 F 2| | | | -| | | | |
1 1 1 7 1 1 1 1 | | | 1 1
1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 F 21 F 21 | 1 | | | 1 1 1
1 1 8 1 B 1 1 1 | | | | | 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 9 1 1 1 | 1 1 1 | 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 10 < 35 < 34 < 33 < 32 < 31 < 30 < 29 < 2S < 27 < 26 < 25
1 !<<<<<<<<<<<
1 1 <<<<<<<<<<<
< 12 < 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
<< 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
<< 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 32 1 32 1 32 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
i i i " i i 1 i i 1 1 i 1 1
1111111111,111
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 ' ' ' ! ! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
lllllllllll.il
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
1
1 14
1
1
1 16
1
1
1 18
1
1
1 20
1
1
1 ?2
1
1
1 24
1
(
1 26
1
1
1 It
1
1
1 30
1
1
1 32
1
1
1
1
1 V,
1
1 38
1
1
1 40
1
1
1 42
1
1
1 44
1
1
1 46
1.
1
1 49
1
1
1 50
1
1
1 52
1
1
1 1*
1
1
1 56
1
1
1 51
1
1
1 60
1
100 102 1CK 106 108 110 112 1U lid HP
TO? ROW: {FOR SURFACE WATEfl PftP.CFLS)
CfKiE K'J^HER OF PA3CCL
ROW; P;DCEL WHF-RE RUNOFF FLOWS
PARCEL EDGES
>AV< DIRECT IC'I OF FLOW
NO WATfK FLOWING
BETWCEN P4RCFLS
69
-------
River Basin Flood Plain Map
Each parcel has a flood susceptibility between 0 and
3 representing the parcel's likelihood of suffering damage
due to its location when a flood occurs in its river basin
A parcel with zero flood susceptibility remains undamaged
v/hen there is a flood, and a parcel with a flood suscep-
tibility of 3 suffers the flood's v/orst damage.
The game director controls the time of occurrence
and severity of floods. When a flood occurs, it affects
the depreciation of businesses and residences located on
parcels with non-zero flood susceptibilities. The degree
of damage done to a business or residence by a flood is
a function of the severity of the flood as input by the
director, the parcel's flood susceptibility, the type of
economic activity, and the dam priority of the river basin
in which the parcel is located. A river basin's dam
priority (A, B, or C) represents the major purpose of the
operation of the dams in that river basin. The three sets
of priorities involve trade-offs among flood control,
pollutant concentrations, and water availability for major
recreation areas.
Each of the four factors in degree of damage has an
associated numerical value. All four are multiplied toge-
ther in the calculation of degree of damage.
70
-------
R i VES <\AS u-Fircn PL A
70 72 74 76 78 80 ซ3 8*
88 flO 3
11 11
I T
1 1 11 I 1 1 1 IT
11 i i
1 t
1 i
11 l i
1 C
1 0
11 13
1 r
1 !
I ! IT
1 C
1 C
11 19
1 1
\ (i
11 19
1 ซ
1 t
11 It
1 <1
1 0
II 1 31
1 9
11 19
1 9
1 tl
II 10
l e
I o
11 it
I t
11 19
1 ป
II 1C
1 f
1 0
pftt?CELS PiRCe
Tnn Pirj; rone n-i^ta at PIVFC BASIN >AV<
** ' *
.... if.r r^cus 7]_ oooo
ND V41 l
DA" TJ
ftlVTP l
100 102 10'.
OF rtrw
FLOW INC
IOB HO 11? 114 116 UP
-------
Topographical Restriction Map
This map shows the percent of a parcel that may not be
purchased or developed by any local decision-makers. Land
that is topographically undevelopable includes mountains,
rock outcrops, swamps. None of the area consumed by water
bodies represented in the local system (large lakes, small
lakes, and rivers) is shown on this map. The map also
shows jurisdictional boundaries, the road network, and the
location of terminals.
72
-------
Figure 10.25
0
0
0
o
0
1 H
1 H
I . H
1 . H
6 . . 1
fl I
OH |
0 H . . | .
OH.. | .
1 .... 0
1 0
1 . 2
1 3
1 .... 2
?r^?l3C,'OP07?
ft iin u?
PlฐCFLF"GFS I KT f fi <; r C T 1 ("
.. .. Ri'K.np.fn * TYfC 1 TPC"
iiivprinoiT x TYK- 2 HOH
= . HM T v [ r 2 P n '. T * T Y P f 1 T E ft
it KM TYPi: 1 fO'.T
o'; on Junr.nir.nTi f.nmnipv
73
-------
Social Decision Maker Map
This map indicates which social players make decisions
for the low, middle, and high income population units on
parcels. The top letter on a given parcel represents the
social decision-maker who controls the PL's who live there,
and the middle and lower letters represent the social decision'
makers who control the PM' s and PH's, respectively, who live
there. If a particular class does not live on a parcel,
no letter is printed.
Not until a parcel is developed for residential land
use and occupied by at least one income class, will a social
decision-maker for that parcel appear on the map. Note that
different decisi on--makers may control the different popu-
lation classes on a single parcel. Social teams acquire
control over additional Pi's on a parcel when the number of
Pi's of that class moving into the parcel exceeds the number
moving out. Social teams may find that from round to round
they gain or lose control of population units on a residential
parcel of land. This occurs as a result of the migration of
Pi's of a class to a parcel where previously there were no
Pi's of that class (a gain) or as a result of the migration
away from a parcel of all the Pi's of a class on that parcel.
74
-------
Figure
10.24
THQC FTY
70 72 74 76 7* 60 82 8< 86 83 90 <) 2
0
C
C 2?
0
0 ... ...,.ฃ
r, . . . . . . . . o 24
........0
D C
. D . . , . . 0 26
0
0
G . .... 0 2"
0
... .... 0
G . .... 0 10
. . . . . C
H . .... 0
F . .... C 1?
0
a
. . . C 3".
0
Q
0 76
0
ฐ
2 IR
V
0 <-0
0
0
0 4?
3
0 <-4
0
0 *ซ,
0
c
c
0 4P
C
c
C tr>
....... c
c
C 12
Q
C
0
0
C --h
Q
0
.... 2
C fi
0
" s1:
?
coocco2ooo3DOO'30vCirc'ccociccc30CCQOOCCCcc;c^roccoo^ccc'C-oc:irjcccc ODCCtioo:'ccccccccioccooooocc'OcQoc'.ioc'Jco!r;|ccocraocrcc'cc-ci:i-cc'.'Cc^rr2
10? 104 106 10R IK) H? \\t, 116 11"
PiPCFLKFY PlFCFLFOf.fS INTERSECT 10 MS
TH" HHW: )OW '^C 0-H .. .. Bl^-lfr) * TYPF 1 TF
Mi:mf PHW: MIO snc r.-M -- H TYPF i P^/-O x TYปF ? ir
BOTTOM RHW: HI SDC 0-M <- = h'H TYf'f ? PT.'.D * TYPE 3 H
f i MH TYPE 3 ? C) if!
CO 00 JUP ISOICI ION BOM'JOiRY
M I V A L
4 1 H .1 L
H 1 N ft L
75
-------
C. Summary Information
The output summarizes a wide variety of information
about the simulated region. There are two basic types
of information: statistics by jurisdiction and for the
region as a whole about local conditions, and measures of
interactions between the region and the Outside System.
The former provide comparisons between jurisdictions ; ^ the
latter provide comparisons between the local arid Outside
systems .
Statist! cs_RegaTC_ding Local Cgnd_iti^ons_
Total population: the number of people (not Pi's),
by class.
Percent change over previous year: the total popu-
lation change, positive or negative, between the current
round and the previous round. This is the only local
statistic which is given only as a total and not broken
down by jurisdiction.
Average population per parcel: the number of people
divided by the number of parcels.
Developed land (in parcels) : the amount of land
area (in parcel equivalents) consumed by public and
private developments .
Undeveloped land: the amount of land area (in parcel
equivalents) not consumed by developments.
Total land area: the number of parcels.
Assessed value of land in millions: the property tax
base .
Assessed value of developments in millions: the
development tax base.
Average quality of life index: a measure across
classes of the people's average quality of life index.
The higher the index, the poorer the quality of life.
The indexes may differ significantly within a jurisdiction,
but only averages are given here.
Dumber of registered voters: the number of people
eligible to vote, from which the number who actually vote
are selected.
76
-------
Figure - 9.1
TWOCITY
DEMOGRAPHIC AND ECONOMIC STATISTICS
********************************************frfc
*** * ********* 4
TOTAL
**************************************** ป*ป*****ป*
TOTAL POPULATION
LOW CLASS
MIDDLE CLASS
HIGH CLASS
PERCENT CHANGE OVER PREVIODS YEAB
AVERAGE POPULATION PER PARCEL
DEVELOPED LAND (IN PARCELS)
UNDEVELOPED LAND
TOTAL LAND AREA
ASSESSED VALUE OF LAND
IN MILLIONS
ASSESSED VALUE OF DEVELOPMENTS
IN MILLIONS
AVERAGE QUALITY OF LIFE INDEX
NUMBER OF REGISTERED VOTERS
NO. IN PUBLIC ADULT EDUCATION
AVERAGE EDUCATIONAL LEVEL
LOW
MIDDLE
HIGH
NO. OF WORKERS RECEIVING HELFABE
STUDENT/TEACHER RATIO
SCHOOL ENROLLMENT
PUBLIC
PRIVATE
HOUSING UNITS
SINGLE DWELLINGS
MULTIPLE DWELLINGS
HIGH RISE APARTMENTS
275500
73500
99000
103000
0
0
77
548
625
12312.
421.
69
88573
0
59
17
61
5232824
12800
7
48740
20460
100
24
6
*ซ+ป******************<
JURISDICTION
I
*ป *****<ซ>ซ
126000
0
64000
62000
0
30
266
296
5321.
153.
61
45566
0
73
0
61
4061270
0
13
34040
0
62
7
4
,******ซ,*******<
JURISDICTION
II
**********
149500
73500
35000
41000
0
46
283
329
6992.
264.
75
43007
0
47
17
62
278305
12300
10
14700
20460
38
17
2
EOUSD 1
Hi****************
JURISDICTION
III
**********
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.
0.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
VACANCY RATE (PERCENT)
NEGATIVE MEANS OVE3CROHDED
28
-23
-------
Figure - 9.1 (Cont'dl
NOBBEE OF EMPLOYED WORKERS
LOH
MIDDLE
HIGH
79<400
23000
3 16 80
24720
35350
0
20480
14330
U4040
23000
112CO
9840
0
0
0
0
--J
CO
NUH3EB EMPLOYED IK
LIGHT INDUSTRY
HEAVY INDUSTRY
NATIONAL SERVICES
CONSTRUCTION IKDOSTEI
BUSINESS GOODS
DOSIHESS SERVICES
PERSONAL GOODS
PERSONAL SERVICES
KUNICIPAL"SERVICES
SCHOOLS
BAIL
BOS
FEDERAL-STATE
KCHBER OF ON EMPLOY ED WORKERS
I OK
KIDDLE
HIGH
27160
27760
0
0
2800
5240
3360
5t>80
1920
3 3 8 0
0
0
1600
6400
6400
0
0
10240
1 1800
0
0
1680
0
3360
2480
1920
3800
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16920
15960
0
0
1120
5240
0
3200
0
0
0
0
1600
6UOO
6400
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
UNEHPLOKHENT
LOW
KIDDLE
HIGH
HATE (PERCENT)
7.46
21.77
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
12.
21.
C.
0.
69
77
0
0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
PERCENT HARMING
PWCEHT EARNING
E'SRCENT ESBHING
ONDSH $ 5,000
$5,000 TO -$10,000
OVER 510,000
33
37
29
5
54
39
55
22
21
0
0
0
-------
Number in public adult education: the number of
people who wanted to participate in public adult education
programs and were able to do so because programs were
provided by their school departments.
Average educational level: by class, the average
educational level. This ranges from 0 to 100. The higher
a worker's educational level relative to those of other
workers, the greater his chances of being hired before the
others.
Number of workers receiving welfare: if a jurisdic-
tion does have a program for aid to the unemployed, this
number is the number of unemployed workers. The number is
zero if there are either no unemployed workers or no
welfare program.
Student/teacher ratio: ratio of number of students
attending local public schools to number of teachers
employed by public schools. This is a factor when students
are allocated to public or private schools.
School enrollment: the number of students attending
local public schools and the number attending private
schools. Students attend private schools only if the
public schools in their districts are inadequate.
Housing units: the number of levels of RA (single
family), RB (town house, multiple dwellings), and RC
(high rise) housing.
Vacancy rate: the ratio of existing housing space
to housing space occupied, expressed as a percent. A
negative rate means that housing is overcrowded.
Number of employed workers: the number of people
holding full-time jobs, by class of worker.
Number employed by type of employer: the number of
full-time workers employed by each type of business and
government employer.
Number of unemployed workers: by class, the number
of workers seeking full-time employment who were unable
to obtain jobs.
Unemployment rate (percent): by class, the number of
unemployed workers as a percent of the total number of
workers who sought full-time jobs.
79
-------
Earning distribution: the percent of workers
earning less than $5,000, between $5,000 and $10,000, and
over $10,000 from full-time employment.
Transact ioฃ^7ith__th^ Na/bio aia_l_Econom^
Income from the national economy: federal-state aid
received, by type of aid, and income from both basic
industry sales' of output and bus and rail sales of equip-
ment .
Sales to the national economy: federal-state taxes
paid, by type of tax, and purchases of goods, services,
and outside-owned land. The only Outside expenditure
which can be significantly controlled locally is the
purchase of goods and services due to local insufficiency.
National economy business cycle: last round's ratio
to "typical income"per unit of output for basic industry,
interest rates on loans and bonds from the Outside
(expressed as percents) , and the average rate of return on
outside investments (expressed as percents).
2 . Summary Information for the Social Sector
Social Control Summary
This table shows, by class and jurisdiction, the
number of population units controlled by each social
decision-maker. A social decision-maker begins a game
controlling a certain number of Pi's in each class in each
jurisdiction (that number may be zero) . The number of
Pi's which the decision-maker controls in subsequent
rounds is determined by the migration process, which moves
Pi's into, out of, and within the simulated region in
response to both local and exogenous influences. The
migration process allocates people to housing; it does not
determine which social decision-makers control those
people. Before the start of a game, each parcel in the
simulated region is assigned a decision-maker for each of
the three social classes. When a class occupies a parcel,
it comes under the control of the decision-maker originally
assigned to that class on that parcel. The Social Decision-
Maker Map shows which teams control classes already living
on residence parcels. When a new class occupies a parcel,
its decision-maker appears on the map.
S oc_ial_ Co n_t r o 1 S umm ary_ (one table for each social
decision-maker)
80
-------
Figure 7.5
:****************************ซ********#*************
TWOCITY
SOCIAL CONTROL SUMMARY TOTALS ROUND ?
JURISDICTION 1 JURISDICTION 2
TEAM PH PV PL PH PM PL
AA
88
CC
DO
EE
FF
GG
0
43
0
0
48
0
36
94
0
20
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
0
25
0
14
0
42
0
0
0
3
1
67
10
0
3
0
1 53
0
0
0
81
-------
Figure 7.4
***************************************#$********************#**********#*##
TWOCITY
SOCIAL CONTROL SUMMARY TFAM AA ROUND ?
***********************ฃ****$**#*******#**************************
LOCATION
CLASS
FAMILY INCOME
{PER WORKER) FAMILY SAVINGS
TOTAL
DISSATISFACTION
8828
9028
8830
9030
8832
9032
9232
9034
9234
MIDDLE
MIODLF
MIDDLE
MIDDLE
MIDDLE
MIDDLE
MIDDLE
MIDDLE
MIDDLE
5071
2500
6180
4753
2800
4798
3625
4458
266?
-495
-2006
503
70
-2137
122
-1235
2228
-764
353
292
353
327
441
415
457
367
355
-------
This table contains one row for each class on each
parcel controlled by the social decision-maker. The first
two columns show the residence parcel coordinates and the
class. Next is the average income for a household (family)
of that class living on that parcel. A household consists
of one full-time worker. The number of workers in a PI of
each class and the typical full-time salary earned by a
worker in the class are shown on the Master Tables. In
almost all of the model's processes, all Pi's in the same
class living on the same parcel are treated alike, so the
average for a parcel is in effect the actual for a PI.
The fourth column contains the average savings per
family for the year. The figure is annual income less
annual expenditures, and does not include any savings or
dissavings from previous years.
The final column, total dissatisfaction, is the total
of all of the indexes measuring the effect of local con-
ditions on the population on the parcel. The higher the
dissatisfaction, the worse the conditions. The dissatis-
faction index is the quality of life index, which .is a
factor in the migration process.
Social Control Summary (two graphs for each social
decision-maker)
The two graphs printed for each social decision-
maker show an historical comparison of two types of
information shown on the previously-described table: net
income and quality of life index. Whereas on the tables
information is given for each class on each parcel which
the decision-maker controls, the information on the graphs
is the average of all of the Pi's in the same class con-
trolled by the deciqion-maker. The graphs show the
relative values of those items for the most recent ten
years. Each year has three columns on the graph, one for
low-income (L), one for middle-income (M), and one for
high-income (H). Round 1 is Year 5 on the graph, Round 2
is Year 6, and so on. After 6 rounds have been played
(years 5 through 10 on the graph), the data for the
earliest year are erased and only data for the most current
10 years are shown. Year 10 is always the most recent
round.
On the net income graph, the net income for each
class for each year is shown as a ratio to that class's
net income during the first year. The first year is
always 1.00. Thus, although high-income Pi's usually have
a higher net income than middle-income Pi's, their incomes
83
-------
Figure 7.7 a
Social Graphs for Teams: Relative Per Capita
Income by Class
TWOCITY
SOCIAL CONTROL SUMMARY TEAM GG
- NET INCOME -
3.00
2.00
1.90
1.BO
1.70
1.60
1.5.5
1.52
1.50
1.48
1.45
1.42
1.40
.38
.35
.33
.30
,.28
25
-'23,
.20
1.18
1.15
1.12
1.10
i.oa
1.05
BASE 1.03
1.00
YEAR 0.98
0.95
0.93
0.90
O.fifl
0.85
O.B3
0.80
0.75
0.70
0.65
0.60
0.55
0.50
0.45
0.40
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.20
0.15
0.10
0.0
YEAR
LMH
MH
MH M
10
84
-------
Figure 7.7b
Social Graph for Teams: Quality of Life Index by
Class
ROUND
- QUALITY OF LIFE INDEX -
500
450
400
350
300
250
225 H
220
215
210
205
200 .
195
190
185
180
175
170
165
160
155
150
145 M
140
135 ~ "~
130
125
120 L
115
110 _
105 L """ L
100 L M
95 M H
90 M
85 H
80 H H H
75 H M
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0 L L
123456789 10
85
-------
relative to previous years can be easily compared even
across classes.
If a decision-maker does not control any Pi's in a
particular class during a year, that class's letter
prints on the bottom row of the graph.
The quality of life index graph shows each class's
average quality of life index as an absolute value, not
relative to a base year. Each class measures the factors
in the quality of life index differently, so there can be
little comparison between classes on this graph. The main
comparison is within a class between years.
3. Summary Information for the Economic Sector
Number of Levels of Economic Activity Owned by Teams
The table contains one row per economic team and one
column for each type of economic activity. Each entry in
the table is the number of levels of an activity controlled
by an economic team in the simulated region. The last
column, UN, is the number of undeveloped parcels which the
team owns. The table provides a simple summary of how
economic decision authority is currently distributed. It
may be observed whether certain teams are specializing or
not, whether certain types of businesses exist at all in
the region, and in general, how much economic activity is
going on.
Economic Control Summary (one table per economic
decision-maker)
This table provides a simplified picture of the
status of each business and residence controlled by the
team. There is one row per economic activity. The first
two columns show the coordinates and type and level of
the activity.
The third column is the production idex, if the
activity is a business, or the occupancy rate, if the
activity is a residence. A residence's occupancy is
expressed as a percent of its capacity. A residence can
be occupied by to 120% of its capacity. The greater the
occupancy, the more income earned by the owner from rents.
A business's production index is a measure of its actual
output or capacity as a percent of its maximum output or
capacity. In the case of a basic industry, the index is
the number of units it actually produced as a percent of
its design capacity. The production index of a commercial
86
-------
Figure 7.1
THOCITY i
NUMBER OF LEVELS OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITY OWNED BY TEAMS
ROUND 2
******************************
TEAM FL SG MP HF NL EL TE FO TA PA CR NS BG BS PG PS CI RA RB RC UN
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
. 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0 ,
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
n
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
10
25
19
29
6
0
3
1
7
r
7
?
11
-------
Figure - 7.3_
:* ********************************************************
TWnCETY
ECONOMIC CONTROL SUMMARY TFAM G ROUND ?_
#ฃ*#*****$ฃ* ******************************** ********$
PARCEL
LOCATION
ACTIVITY
PRODUCTION INDEX
OR
OCCUPANCY RATE
NET INCOME
RATF
OF
RETURN
9822
1022<ซ
10026
9828
9630
9432
RA 2
RA 4
RB 2
TE 1
PA 1
FO I
100
117
117
100
96
100
282496
764963
-13566R
23406766
77502504
6R745011
19.28%
23.91*
-1.67?
13.00?
32.29*
29.899!
88
-------
establishment is its effective capacity (the amount which
it can adequately serve) to its design capacity. A pro-
duction index of 100 is the highest which a business can
have.
The fourth column, net income, is a business"s total
income from sales or a residence's total income from rents,
less operating expenditures.
The last column, rate of return, is perhaps the most
information single indicator of an activity's status.
Rate of return is the net income as a percent of the
development cost, and if a business is doing reasonably
well, it usually averages around 10-25%. A decision-maker
may use rates of return as guides for deciding which
activities to focus his attention on.
Further detail on rate of return is .contained in the
section describing Economic Detailed Output.
Economic Control Summary (two graphs per economic
decision-maker)
The two graphs printed for each economic decision-
maker show an historical comparison of two types of
information: net worth and rate of return. Whereas net
worth is the team's total net worth (assets less liabil-
ities) , the information on rate of return is the average
rate of return of all of the activities controlled by the
team. The graphs show the relative values of those items
for the most recent ten years. Round 1 is Year 5 on the
graph. Round 2 is Year 6, and so on. After 6 rounds have
been played (years 5 through 10 on the graph), the date for
the earliest year are erased and only data for the most
current 10 years are shown. Year 10 is always the most
recent round.
On the net worth graph, the team's net worth for each
year is shown as a ratio to its net worth in the first year,
The first year is always 1.00. The second graph shows the
team's average rate of return as ah absolute percent, not
relative to a base year.
89
-------
Figure 7.6a
Economic Graphs for Teams: Net Worth
TWOCITY
ECONOMIC CONTROL SUMMARY TEAM F
- NET WORTH -
3.00
2.00
1.90
1.80
1.70
1.60
1.55
1.52
1.50
1.48
1.45
1.42
1.40
1.38
1.35
1.33
1.30
1.28
1.25
1.23
1.20
1.18
1.15
1.12
1.10
1 .08
1.05
03
PASE 1
1.00
YEAR 0.98
0.95
0.93
0.90
0.88
O.fl5
0.83
0.80
0.75
0.70
0.65
0.60
0.55
0.50
0.45
0.40
0.35
0.30
0.25-
0.20
0. 15
0.10
0.0
YEAR
12345678910
90
-------
Figure 7.6b
Economic Graphs for Teams: Rate of Return
POUf 0 2
I******************************************************************
50.00
40.00
.30.00
25.00
20.00
19.00
19.00
17.00
16.00
IS.50
15.00
14.50
14.00
13.50
13.00
12.50
12.00
11.50
11.00
10.50
10.00
9.50
9.00
8.50
8.00
7.50
7.0C
6.5C>
6.00
5.50
5.00
4.50
4.00
3.50
3.0C
?.50
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.0
-0.50
-1.00
-1.50
-2.00
-2.50
-3.00
-3.50
-4.00
-4.50
-5.no
10.00
- IUTE OF RETURN -
YEAR 123456789 10
91
-------
D. General Information
1. MIGRATION OUTPUT.
The first major computer process in each round is
migration. The program moves population units within, into,
and out of the simulated region in response to both local
conditions and exogenous influences. The selection of which
population units move each year and where they choose housing
is entirely controlled by the computer program, although
player decisions greatly affect the process.
Most of the local conditions which influence migra-
tion are expressed as indexes which are summed into the two
basic indexes used in migration: environmental indexes
(measures of neighborhood quality) and personal indexes
(measures of personal dissatisfaction). The higher an index
is, the worse the quality; a low index indicates better qua-
lity.
Indexes are relative, never being compared to a
norm or even across classes. For example, each residence
parcel has three environmental indexes, one for each class.
Environmental indexes are used alone (i.e., v/ith no other
indexes added to them) only in the selection of housing.
Local housing is rated for selection by movers in order of
environmental indexes, with the lowest index first and the
highest last. If there were a great demand for housing, even
the worst residences would be chosen by movers. If there
were an excess of housing, only those residences having the
lowest environmental indexes would be chosen by movers.
The sum of a parcel's environmental index and the
personal index of a class living there is that population
group's quality of life index. The quality of life index is
used to determine which population units leave their housing
to find better places to live. A random half of the 20% of
the population units with the highest quality of life indexes
within each class leave their housing.
All of the indexes are calculated before any people
move. The migration output shows in detail the value of each
factor in each index, and how many population units moved
where and for what reason.
Environmental Indexes
This section of output prints the value of each factor
in the environmental index for each residence parcel for
each class. The parcels are listed according to where they
are located on the board, the order being from left to right
and top row to bottom row. The first column of this output
contains the coordinates of the residence parcel for which
92
-------
COMPONENTS OF THE QUALITY OF LIFE INDEX
Pollution Index
(Pollution Dissatisfaction)
Dependent upon
. Water Quality Rating
Neighborhood Index
(Neighborhood Dissatisfaction)
Dependent Upon
. Housing Quality
. Rent Charged
. School Quality
. MS Quality
. Tax Rates or Welfare Pavment
1
Environmental Index
(Environmental
Dissatisfaction)
/.i
. I
Health Index
(Health Dissatisfaction)
Dependent Upon
-- . Coliform Count
. Residential Crowding
. MS Quality
Time Index
(Dissatisfaction with
Time Allocation)
Dependent Upon
. Involuntary Time
. Transportation Time
. Recreation Time
Quality of Life
Index (Total
Dissatisfaction)
J
Personal Index
(Personal
Dissatisfaction)
-------
Figure
1.1
TWOCITY
ENVIRONMENTAL
INDEXES
ROUND
NEIGHBORHOOD INDEX
POLLUTION RESIDENCE
LOCATION INDEX CLASS QUALITY
9422 -7- LOW
MIDDLE
HIGH
9622 -15 LOW
1 "*" " MIDDLE
HIGH
9822' "" ' ~" -7 " ' LOW
MIDDLE
HIGH
10022 0 LOW
'MIDDLE
HIGH
9424 .-7 LOH
MIDDLE
HIGH
9624 " " -15 LOW
MIDDLE
HIGH
9824 -7 LOW
MIDDLE
HIGH
10024 0 ' LOW
MIDDLE
HIGH
10224 0 " LOW
MI DOLE
HIGH
8826 -0 LOW
MIDDLE
:.'* " ' " HIGH
19
39
49
44
64
74
19
39
49
14
34
44
35
55
65
40
60
70
40
60
70
35
55
65
10
30
40
0
9
19
RENT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
69
16
0
78
22
1-
MS SCHOOL
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
1 00
100
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
o
0
WELFARE
OR TAXES
12
24
24
16
18
18
16
18
18
16
IB
18
12
24
24
16
18
18
16
18
18
16
18
18
16
18
18
12
24
24
ENVIRONMENTAL
TOTAL INDFX
131
163
173
160
182
192
135
157
167
133
152
162
147
179
189
156
178
188
156
17R
188
151
173
183
195
164
158
190
155
144
124
156
166
145
167
177
128
150
160
133
152
162
140
17?
18?
141
163
173
149
171
181
151
173
133
195
164
158
190
155
144 '
-------
the rest of the information in the row applies. There are
three rows of information printed for each residence parcel,
one row per class. The different classes weigh some of the
factors in the environmental index differently.
The environmental index is the sum of the,pollution
index and the neighborhood index. The pollution index is
derived from the surface water quality on a residence parcel
or, if the parcel does not contain surface water, from the
quality on bordering parcels. This index is the only factor
in the environmental index which can be negative; good local
water quality adds to a residence parcel's attractiveness.
The index has the same value for all three classes.
The neighborhood index is the sum of several indexes:
residence quality, rent, municipal service quality, school
quality, local tax rates, and local welfare rates.
RESIDENCE QUALITY: A residence owner determines the
residence's initial quality index and its maintenance level.
Residences, unlike all other constructions, can be built at
a quality less than 100. A residence quality index of 50
does not mean that the residence is half falling down; it
does mean that the residence was either built more cheaply
than residences with higher quality indexes or not maintained
at a higher quality. The quality index is rated differently
by the different classes, since low-income population units
are not quite as demanding of highest quality as high-income
are. To derive the value of this factor, the residence's
quality index is suttracted from 100 for high-income, from
90 for middle-income, and from 70 for low income. The higher
a residence's quality index, the less value this factor has.
RENT: A residence owner also sets the rent charged at
the residence. The different classes evaluate a residence's
rent differently. The simulated region has a "typical" rent
for each class (see the Master Tables for their exact values)
The typical rent is subtracted from the residence's rent and
multiplied by a weighting factor. The weight for high-income
is 1, for middle-income 2, and for low-income 3. Thus, a
low-income group puts a greater weight on rent deviation
from its typical than high-income does.
MS: The Municipal Services Department constructs and
operates MS units. The quality of a municipal service unit
is measured as the MS use index. An MS use index can range
in value from 0 to 200. An index of 100 indicates most
efficient service. An index less than 100 indicates adequate
but underused capacity and an index over 100 indicates over-
use of services. For the nieghborhood index, 100 points are
subtracted from the use index of the MS unit serving the MS
95
-------
district in which a residence parcel is located. If the use
index is 100 or less, the factor in the neighborhood index
is zero. Only a use index over 100 contributes to the neigh-
borhood index.
SCHOOL: The School Department constructs and operates
school units. School quality is also measured as a use index.
Again, 100 points are subtracted from the use index of the
school serving the school district in which a residence par-
cel is located. Only a school use index over 100 contributes
to the neighborhood index.
WELFARE OR TAXES: Both welfare rates and tax rates are
set by a Chairman for a whole jurisdiction, so these factors
contribute to which jurisdiction a population unit selects
housing in. All of the other factors in the neighborhood
index are more localized, affected by conditions on indivi-
dual residential parcels or individual school or MS districts.
Low-income population units consider only the former of
these two local government policies. For the neighborhood
index for low-income, 1 point is added for each $25 which
the welfare payment per unemployed worker is less than $2000.
Middle and high-income groups consider only local tax rates.
For the neighborhood index, one-fourth point is added for
each tenth of a percent resident income, goods, and services
tax rate and one-eighth of a point is added for each mil
land and developments tax rate.
The last column of this output is the total environmen-
tal index, the sum of the pollution index and the neighbor-
hood index.
Personal Indexes
This output prints, for each class living on each par-
cel, the value of each factor in the personal index. Unlike
environmental indexes, personal indexes are calculated only
for classes already living on residence parcels. A popula-
tion group's personal index is added to the environmental
index for its class on its residence parcel, resulting in
its quality of life index, the relative value of which
affects whether the population units will move.
A class's health index is the sum of the values derived
from three sources: municipal service quality, residential
crowding, and the amount of coliform bacteria in the nearby
surface water. The maximum value of the health index is
100.
96
-------
Figure
1.2
TWOCITY
PERSONAL INDEXES
ROUND
HEALTH INDEX
UOCATtON
9422
9622
9822
VO
-J 10022 ~
9424
9624
9824
10024
10224
8826
: 9026
9226
9426
10026
10226
10826
8628
MS EFFECT
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25 '
0
25
CROWD ING
EFFECT
25
0
0
0
0
. 21
0
25
0
0
0
25
25
25
21
0
0
BACTER IA
EFFECT
0
0
0'
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.0
0
0
0
0
TOTAL
50
25
25
25
25
46
25
50
25
25
25
50
50
50
46
0
25
CLASS
LOW
MIDDLE
HIGH
LDW
LOW
LOW
MIDDLE
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
MIDDLE
MIDDLE
MIDDLE
' MIOOLE
LOW
LOW
HIGH
TRANSP.
TIME
0
25
0
25
65
105
15
75
0
140
105
75
15
15
25
85
95
175
RECR.
0
10
0
3
3
3
10
3
3
3
3
10
10
10
10
3
3
10
INVOL.
TIME
0
72
0
80
72
64
77
77
95
60
74
65
77
74
82
73
64
35
PERSONAL
INDFX
50
137
50
127
159
191
107
195
117
247
201
155
107
129
147
205
202
225
-------
MS EFFECT: The value of the MS factor in the environ-
mental index is divided by four for its value in the health
index.
CROWDING EFFECT: A residence can be occupied up^to^120%
of its constructed capacity. For each percent which it is
overcrowded (over 100% occupied) 1.2 points are added to the
health index.
BACTERIA EFFECT: The concentration of coliform bacteria
in the surface water on a parcel affects the health index of
that parcel and adjoining parcels. A parcel adjoins a sur-
face water parcel if any of its corners touches a surface
water parcel's corner. The coliform count on a parcel which
adjoins a surface water parcel is the highest count of all
of the surface water parcels which it adjoins. When used in
a parcel's health index, the coliform count is divided by 4
and can have a maximum value of 50 points.
The other factors in the personal index reflect a class's
time allocation and quality of public recreation facilities.
TRANSPORTATION TIME: The time spent traveling to work
is averaged for a class on a parcel for the purposes of allo-
cating the 'rest of their time. Work is the only activity
which population units in the same class living on the same
parcel do not perform as a group. Thus, each population
unit'could be working at a different employment location and
spending a different amount of time getting there. For each
average time unit spent in transportation to work in the
previous round, five points are added to the personal index.
RECREATION: Social decision-makers allocate time to
recreation, and that time is subtracted from the personal
index. However, the sufficiency of local parks affects the
number of points which are subtracted. Park adequacy is
measured in a use index like school and MS adequacy. If the
use index of the most overused park within a two-parcel
radius is over 100, the percent of the points subtracted from
the personal index due to recreation is decreased. The
number printed here is the number of points subtracted after
recreation time has been adjusted for the park use index.
INVOLUNTARY TIME: The time which a social decision-
maker allocated to various activities and which the popula-
tion units were unable to spend in those activities is
involuntary allocation of time. For example, if the decision-
maker allocated 25 time units to extra work and, due to a
limited number of part-time jobs, the population units were
only able to spend 10 time units in part-time work, 15 points
would be added to involuntary time.
98
-------
Cutoffs
. ฐf the 20% ฐf the Population units in the
region having the highest personal indexes are selec-
-
^ .uetter housin9 (housing with a lower environmental
ex than their current housing). The top row of this output
snows, Dy class, the personal index value below which 80% of
the population falls and above which 20% of the population
rails. A population unit with a personal index above the
relevant dissatisfaction cutoff has a 50-50 chance of being
selected for moving due to dissatisfaction.
The rest of this output has one row per jurisdiction and
one column _ per class showing the number of Pi's of the class
ini i LlrVthe ^Urisdiction- The top row is jurisdiction
one and the bottom row is jurisdiction three.
Migration Detail
There are reasons other than dissatisfaction for which
a population unit might move out of its housing. A fixed
percentage of all unemployed and underemployed population
units automatically leave their housing and move to the
Outside system, i.e. , they leave the simulated region and
disappear. In addition, population units may leave over-
crowded housing (housing over 120% occupied) , usually due to
partial or total residential demolition. Those displaced
Pi's seek local housing and leave the system only if they
are unable to find acceptable housing.* Another fixed per-
centage of each class ' s population units are chosen randomly
to seek better housing. These Pi's, together with the Pi's
seeking housing because they were the most dissatisfied,
leave the system if they cannot find acceptable housing with
a neighborhood index below that of their previous housing.
Besides local movers, a percent of the local population
in each class comes from the Outside to seek housing. This
group represents natural population growth. Another group
of Pi's seeks local housing in response to local employment
opportunities. These two types of movers leave the local
system only if they cannot find acceptable housing.
The migration detail output shows, for each residence
parcel, the residence owner, the social decision-maker con-
trolling each class living there after the migration process
has run, the number of Pi's in each class living there after
the migration process, the quality of life index for that
class (this prints zero if the class was not living on the
parcel in the previous round) , the number of Pi's who moved
to or from the parcel during the migration process, where
they came from or went to, their reason for moving and the
location of their employer.
*Acceptable housing is housing with a quality index ranging
from 20 to 70 for low, 40 to 100 for middle, and 71 to 100
for high.
99
-------
Figure 1.3
DISSATISFACTION! CUTOFFS
LOW MIOOLF HIGH
3<36 441 4R?
0 128 124 75?
147 70 p? 2f?9
0 0 0 0
147 193 206 551
100
-------
Figure
1.4
TWOCITY
MIGRATION DETAIL
ROUND 2
PARCEL OWNER TYPE
942? 8 RA 1
9622 D RA'l
9822 G," RA 2
10022 F ~ RA 4
9424 C RA 1
.. _ .
9624 F R8 2
9824 C RB 3
10024 C RB 1
10224 G RA 4
SOCIAL
DFC IS ION
MAKER
F
C
D
0
D
F
C
D
D
1
D -
D
NUMBER
OF
PI'S CLASS
1 LOW
I MIDDLE
2 LOW
A LOW
9 LOW
1 LOW
1 MIDDLE
28 LOW
44 LOW
14 LOW
4 LOW
QUALITY OF
LIFE
174
293
272
287
324
0
279
336
266
398
396
NUMBER
MOVED
1
1
I
2
1
4
3
1
1
1
10
10
6
1
1
1
CAME
WENT
CAME
CAME
CAME
WENT
CAME
CAME
CAME
CAME
CAME
WENT
CAME
WENT
WFNT
WENT
FROM
TO
FROM
FROM
FROM
TO
FROM
FROM
FROM
FROM
FROM
TO
FROM
TO
TO
TO
FROM/TO
PARCEL
0
10224
0
0
10224
0
0
10026
10030
10?24
10024
9824
0
9824
9424
1023?
REASON FOR
MOVING
IN-HIGRATION
DISPLACEMENT
IN-M IGRATION
I N-M IGRATION
DISSATISFACT ION
UNEMPLOYMENT
IN-MIGRATlrtN
DISPLACEMENT
DISPLACEMENT
DI SSATISFACTION
DISSAT 1SFACTION
DISSATISFACTION
IN-HIGRATION
DISSATISFACTION
DISSATISFACT ION
OISSATI SF. ACTION
EMPLOYER
0
9626
0
0
9828
0
0
9632
9828
9626
9630
' 9630
0
9626
9828
9832
-------
When the location given for origin or destination_of a
group is zero, the group came from or went to the Outside
system. New in-migrants or natural growth migrants always
have employmenb locations of 0. Of these two types of movers,
any who cannot find acceptable local housing are not shown
on this output.
Migration Statistics
This output is a summary which shows, by class and juris-
diction, the original population, the number of in-migrants
from the Outside system, the immigration from other jurisdic-
tions, the in-migration due to natural population growth,
the outmigration to the Outside system, the outmigration to
other jurisdictions, the migration totally within each juris-
diction, and the final population. All numbers are expressed
in Pi's.
Migration By Type
This summary output shows, by class and by jurisdiction,
the number of Pi's who moved for each reason from each juris-
diction (including Outside) to each other jurisdiction.
Shown here is the total number of Pi's from the Outside who
remained Outside due to local housing -insufficiency. They
are indicated as having come from Outside and gone to Outside.
102
-------
Figure 1.5
MIGRATION STATISTICS
ORIGINAL POPULATION
JURIS PL pH PH
1 0 128 124
2 147 70 82
J0oo
IN-MICRATim FROM OUTSIDE SYSTEM
JURIS PL PH PH
I 2 1 0
2 13 1 i
3 0 0 0
IN-HIGRATION FPOM OTHER JURISDICTIONS
JURIS PL PM PH
1 I > 3
2 0 12 i
3000
NATURAL POPULATION GROWTH
JURIS PL PM PH
1 0 0 3
2230
3000
OUT-MIGRATION TO OUTSIDE SYSTEM
JURIS PL PM PH
10) 2
r 5 i i
3000
OUT-MIGRATION TO OTHER JURISDICTIONS
JURIS PL ปซ M*
1 0 12 1
2 I 2 3
3 0 0 0
MIGRATION WITHIN JURISDICTIONS
JURIS PL "
FINAL POPULATIONS
JURIS PL
2 156 11
300
103
-------
MIGRATION DUE TO UNEMPLOYMENT
LOW CLASS
FฐOM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
ours IOE
MIGRATION DUE TO UNDEREMPLOYMENT
LOW CLASS
F?0U/TO JUR-1 JUP-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JU7-1
Ji'"-2
JUR-3
OUTSIDE
DUE TO MOBILITY
LOW CLASS
FROM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
juo-3
OUTS IDF.
MIGRATION DUE TO PERSONAL DISSAT.
LOW CLASS
F^OM/TD JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JUR-l
J'JR-2
JUR-3
T.'JTS IDF;
MIGRATION DUE TO DISPLACEMENT
LOW CLASS
F'J3ซ/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
J'JR-l
JUR-2
JUR-3
OUTSIDE
MIGRATION DUE TO NATURAL GP-OWTH
LOW CLASS
F^QM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
J'iR-1
JUR-2
J'IR-3
OUTSIDE
MIDDLE CLASS
FROM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JUR-1
JUR-2
JUR-3
OUTSIDE
. MIDDLE CLASS
FROM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JUS-I
JUR-2
JUR-3
OUTSIDE
MIDDLE CLASS
FROM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JUP-1
JUR-2
JUR-3
OUTS IDE
MIDDLE CLASS
FROM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JUn-1
JUR-2
JUR-3
OUTSIDE
MIDDLE CLASS
FROM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JUR-l
JUR-2
JUR-3
OUTSIDE
MIDDLE CLASS
FROM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JUR-1
JUR-2
JUR-3
OUTSIDE'
HIGH CLASS
FROM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JUR-1
JUR-?
JUR-3
OUTSIDE
HIW CLASS
FROM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JUR-l
JllR-2
JUR-3
OUTSIDE
HIGH CLASS
FRDV./TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JUR-1
JUR-Z
JUR-3
OUTSIDE
HIGH CLASS
FROM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JU'-l
Ji,'R-2
JUR-3
OUTS IDE
HIGH CLASS
FROM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JUR-1
J'JR-2
JUR-3
OUTS IDE
HIGH CLASS
FROM/TO JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
J UR - 1
JUR-2
JUR-3
OUTSIDE
DUE TO IN-MIGRATION
LOW CLASS
JUR-1 JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
J'JR-1
JUR-2
OUTS IOE
MIDDLE CLASS
FROM/TO JUR-l JUR-2 JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JUR-1
JUH-2
JUR-3
OUTS IDE
HIGH CLASS
FROK/TO JUR-I JUR-Z JUR-3 OUTSIDE
JUR-l
JUR-2
JUR-3
OUTSIDE
-------
2. WATER SYSTE'l
W-ater User Effluent Content
Economic activities^ municipal sewer systems, and farms
dump effluent into the surface water. All businesses except
surface water users dump their effluent into municipal sys-
tems, which then can treat some or all of the effluent to
varying degrees. This section of the output shows in detail
the pollution generated by each farm and economic activity.
If a basic industry has a treatment plant, the amount of
pollution printed is the pollution remaining in the effluent
after treatment. Industries can recycle some water (up to
100%), which decreases the amount of water in the effluent
but not the amount of pollution in the effluent.
The amount of each pollutant is expressed on this output
as 100 times its actual value. The pollution here is not
measured in its concentration per MGD, as it is measured at
sampling stations. The pollution is a total volume of pollu-
tant in the effluent. The amount of effluent is also expressed
as 100 times its actual value.
Oil and floating solids and high level wastes are repre-
sented somewhat differently from the other pollutants. They
are either present in the effluent or not; they are not
measured in volume or concentration. A zero indicates that
the pollutant is absent and a one indicates that the pollu-
tant is present.
For a farm parcel, two rows are printed. The first
shows the location of the farm parcel and its type. The
second shows the location of the parcel on which the farm
parcel's runoff flows, the type of farm dumping on that par-
cel, and the volume of pollutants and water being dumped
there from the farm parcel.
River Quality During Surface Water Process
This output shows the amount of pollution present on a
parcel during all stages of the surface water process. A
surface water parcel is part of a river. The beginning of
a river is defined as a parcel having surface water and on
which either no other parcel's surface water dumps or two or
more parcels' surface waters dump. The last parcel in a
river is a parcel that either dumps on no parcel or dumps on
a parcel on which two or more parcels dump.
The parcels are listed in the order in which they are
processed, i.e., in sequential order of upstream to down-
stream for each river. The various stages through which
105
-------
Figure
2.1
TKDC 1 TY
WATFR MSFfi FFFLUFNT CONTFNT
T
LOCATION L
9614
961*
911 4
9IS14
961 6
616
816
616
61 9
618
616
61 3
422
622
ft?2
1 02?
424
624
3?4
1 024
10224
R1?6
9026
92?6
94?6
10026
10226
10526
ซ6?fl
Bfi?9
90?8
9228
9121
10071
10228
7630
7632
7MQ
7332
9030
3032
9430
3630
9P.30
9030
9?3D
---9630
9130
10030
10230
7632
7632
7R32
763? /
S03?
P03?
8432
8632
6132
9032
9?32
9432
963?
9132
1003?
in?1!?
B434
6134
9034
9234
9434
9fl34
10234
10430
10434
10430
10->34
10430
8136
9036
236
436
636
136
038
?3ft
439
63q
MB
Pฃ TPFATMENT
Hn TYPF AND
VEL LEVFL
?
2 0
2 0
2
2 0
2
2 0
2
2 0
2
2 0
1 0
1 0
2 0
4 0
1 0
7 0
3 0
1 0
4 0
3 0
3 0
3 0
2 0
2 0
3 0
2 0
3 0
4 0
1 0
1 0
1 0
4 0
2 0
1
1 0
1
1 0
I
1 0
A 4 0
A 6 0
C 1 0
C 2 0
C 1 0
A 1 TT 1
C 1 0
A 2 0
A 2 0
1
-' 1 0
1
1 0
1
1 0
A 6 0
A 6 0
A 2 0
B 3 0
C \ 0
01 PT 1
PI. ST 1
S 1 0
B 7 0
A3 0
A 4 0
A3 0
B 1 0
B 3 0
C 1 0
C 1 0
3
3 0
3
3 0
3
3 0
5 0
2 0
1 0
2 0
2 0
2 0
1 0
I 0
3 0
4 0
3 0
416 U 1 T7 4
432 U 2 TT 4
0 U 3 0
0 UT 4 0
0 UT 5 0
PF.RCFNT
RECYCL F
0
0
0
0
' 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
70
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SDD
(X 1001
0
0
0
0
0
0
10700
6000
12000
27000
10700
R4000
132000
42000
42BOO
3B500
38500
38500
73100
84000
71000
23100
30000
53900
10700
I BOO
400000
27000
23100
0
0
0
47700
70000
153600
307BOO
5750
199072
2600
12000
23100
0
0
0
60000
70000
17700
146500
116400
14700010
4500016
2550
115500
32 100
47700
30000
60250
184000
144600
187200
0
0
0
60000
20000
59250
1'3750
171750
172500
10000
10000
30000
47700
30000
16840
19663
0
0
2550
CHI nRIOES
(X 1001
0
0
0
0
0
0
370
1 RO
360
810
370
2520
3960
1260
1430
1400
1400
1400
840
2520
630
840
1200
1960
370
0
144000
810
840
0
0
0
1880
7800
5940
1 1820
0
1265412
0
360
840
0
0
0
2400
2800
680
6500
4560
1960000
1912502
0
4200
1110
1BRO
1200
2350
7200
5640
7310
0
0
0
7400
800
2250
4B50
4650
4900
400
400
1700
leao
i?on
6497
20107
0
0
0
NUTRIFNTS
(X 1001
20000
70000
20000
20000
20000
20COO
770
420
P40
1890
770
5810
9240
2940
3080
2800
2POO
2ROO
1680
5880
1470
16BO
2400
3920
770
0
80000
1890
1610
48000
48000
4BOOO
3760
5600
1 1880
23640
0
29970048
0
B40
1680
4ROOO
48000
48000
4800
5600
1360
13000
9120
49000000
5675007
0
9400
2310
3760
7400
4700
14400
11210
14760
45000
45000
45000
4800
1600
4500
9700
9300
9800
800
ROO
7400
37(,0
2400
38979
59646
0
0
0
COL IFORM
IX 1001
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
30
60
135
50
420
660
210
200
175
175
175
105
420
105
105
120
745
50
270
24000
135
105
0
0
0
195
2SO
645
1305
460
4
130
60
105
0
0
0
240
210
75
690
480
14702
4500
255
525
150
195
120
250
760
600
765
0
0
0
240
BO
255
510
520
490
40
40
120
195
120
0
0
0
0
255
TEHPERiTUSE
(X 1001
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 '
44100
1 35000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
o
0
0
0
OIL ANO
FLOAT ING
SOL 105
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
I
I
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
I
I
0
0
0
1
1
1
I
0
0
o
1
I
0
0
0
1
I
1
1
1
0
D
0
1
1
I
1
I
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
I
I
I
1
1
1
1
I
1
I
0
0
0
0
0
Hf.H
LFvri
KA5TTS
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
n
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
o.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rnii'jn 7
WATCR
muฐrci
lซr. -.ป,,,,
7000
2000
7000
7000
7000
2001
10
6
12
77
10
84
132
42
40
35
15
15
21
B4
21
1
4
Q
1
a
5 ,1
27
71
1500
15PO
1500
39
56
129
261
23
26640
1 )
12
71
1500
1500
1500
41
54
15
1 ">
96
4000
}}*?.ซ
I7
105
y-
39
24
50
15?
170
153
7500
2500
?ซ00
4P
If-
51
If?
10<.
9Q
8
"
24
39
24
1445
1ซ41
0
0
17
106
-------
Figure
2.2
LOCATION
1630
9630
9",30
9430
9630
9630
963?
963?
963?
963?
9432
943?
943?
943?
923?
9732
9232
9?3?
001?
9132
9032
9032
9032
8B32
883?
8132
fiฐ.3?
8R3?
843?
8<>3?
. 8612
863?
H63?
641?
843?
841?
843?
843?
673?
8?3?
S232
8?12
8232
B032
ซ032
8032
801?
8032
7832
781?
7812
7(13?
7832
763?
763?
7M2
7632
7632
743?
743?
741?
7432
7*37
QU ALI TV
10
10
10
10
72
61
63
63
^2
72
91
91
91
91
91
0
91
91
91
91
0
91
91
91
91
0
11
B:
81
0
81 ,
ar"
,81
0
ei
Bl
61
81
0
81
81
81
81
?3
81
Bl
81
81
67
81
81
el
P. I
23
81
81
11
ei
0
ei
TW~CI TY
RIVER CU'.LITY n
TIKE
FROM OTHFR PARCELS
AFTE" AGING
8FFOOF RIO CHANGE
AFTER BIO CHANCE
EFFLUENT ACHED
MOVED TO NEXT PARCEL
RFFORE 810 CHANCE
MOVED TO NEXT PARCEL
EFFLUENT A DO EH
AFTFR AGING
BEFORE 010 CHANGE
AFTER BIO CHANCE
EFFLUENT ADDED
MOVED TO NEXT PAPCEL
AFTFR if, IMG
8FFORE RIO CHANGE
AFTEP BIO CHANGE
EFFLUENT ADDED
AFTER Af, ING
BEFORE 910 CHANCE
AFTFR ฐ1H CHANGE:
EFFLUENT ADDED
AFTER AGING
SrFORE BIT CHANGE
AFTER MO CH'.NGE
EFFLUCNT ACDCD
AFTER AGING
PEFORE- MO C"Ar;GE
AFTFR 810 CHANGE
EFFLUENT ADDED
KOVCD TO NEXT PARCEL
AFTER AGING
BEFORE FvIO CHANGE
AFTER P,10 CHANGE
EFFLUENT AGDED
MOVED TO NEXT PAfCEL
AFTFR AGING
BEFORE 610 CH1NGE
AFTFR 310 CHANCE
EFFLUENT AOCEO
MOVED TO NEXT PAPCEL
AFTER AGING
REFOฐE 810 CHANGE
AFTFR 910 CHANGE
EFFLUENT ADDED
*CVCO TO NEXT PARCEL
4FTER ACT1G
BEFORE 910 CHANGE
*FTFR RIO CHANGE
EFFLUENT ADDED
MOVED TO NEXT PARCEL
AFTER AGING
BEFORE 610 CHANGE
AFTER P. 10 CHANGE
fFFLUF'IT A10FD
KOVED TO NEXT PARCEL
URING SURFACE
K'ATFR PPOC.fSV. RIVFR
2
100 CHLORIDES NUTRIENTS COLIFORM TEMPERATURE AGF OF
(x ioo) ix ino) ix ion) (x 100) ix inii OFS
12118
12118
566?
"1404
999T7?
1004476
561325
535810
4500016
5035826
4561296
14711973
19073S37
19073637
Ifi?06t132
0
18206812
lft?06T 12
0
16589281
0
165112H3
165B1263
15635224
0
15835??4
15635224
15115441
0
15115441
15115441
151 1 544 1
14478375
0
14426375
14428375
14428375
13772519
0
13772539
13772519
13772539
11146514
35
11146549
111<,6'i4';
11 146549
12 548078
0
12548978
1254PT7fl
1197F569
0
11 973569
3297
3297
1540
1 385
1265412
7071 16
617124
75'. 9676
?30937?
19H0107
4058541
405B541
3652656
0
3652686
36526P.6
0
0
2958675
2958675
2958575
2662B07
0
?662B07
266?R07
2396526
0
2396526
2396526
?3965?6
7156873
0
7156873
7156873
2 15^673
194 1185
0
1941185
1941185
19411ซ5
1747066
16
174710?
1747102
1747102
15723'll
0
1572391
157719 I
1415151
0
1415151
21196?
?13'W7
990M
91904
79970048
U, nn0412
1570???4
21407231
71407211
1 93999R4
67274478
61197216
0
63197216
631 97? 1 6
0
5936707?
55769056
0
55769056
55^69056
52389104
0
523=19104
5?3ซ9104
49714000
0
49714000
49714000
492 1 4000
4671132B
0
46211328
46231 378
46711376
41479424
96000
43575474
4352 54?4
43525474
40887520
96017
40931557
40981557
409E3557
38499', 96
96000
38595696
3P.5 9S6 ci!i
36256560
0
36256560
22
22
10
9
4
13
13
7
6
4500
4506
4506
4081
3771
1470?
18471
18473
18473
17073
0
17073
17073
17073
15779
0
15779
15779
15779
14583
0
14583
145P.1
14581
11478
0
1 *4 16
11478
13473
12456
0
12456
12456
12456
11512
r>
11512
11512
11512
10619
0
10619
106 39
10639
9S13
18
9B71
9B71
9871
9123
0
9123
9123
9123
8431
0
8431
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
135000
135000
135000
1???79
0
44100
44100
44100
44100
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
o
n
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
15
15
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
n
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
6
0
0
0
1 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
ACE OF
HL H 1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
n
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
n
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
n
0
0
0
0
0
ft
n
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
ROUND ?
AMOUNT
; HOOX i oo )
49700
50000
?H60
21160
26640
50000
Mono
2R500
?D500
27500
51000
5?000
47100
47 100
6841
57000
53000
51000
53000
0
53000
54000
54100
54000
0
54700
55000
55010
55000
0
55000
55000
56H13
54000
0
560UO
57100
57000
57000
0
57000
58000
5*100
50100
0
58100
59100
5Qino '
59000
3110
59000
60000
600CO
61000
3101
60000
61 010
61010
611"0
3100
61000
67100
67000
6700^
0
6?110
107
-------
water is processed are grouped together for a single parcel.
The water quality is expressed by a two-digit code, the first
digit of which represents the water quality category and the
second of which represents the first pollutant type which
placed the water quality in that category (1=BOD, 2=Chlorides,
etc.). The volumes of the first five pollutant types are
expressed as 100 times their actual values.
The values printed for the last two pollutant types, oil
and floating solids and high level wastes, are their "ages".
Each of these pollutants disappears from the river water after
travelling five parcels down the river. Whenever two rivers
meet or effluent is dumped into the surface water, the "age"
of that pollutant in the surface water becomes the "age" of
the youngest source of that pollutant. So, if the surface
water had high level wastes age 4 and high level wastes were
dumped on the parcel, the new age of that pollutant would be
1.
For each parcel, the pollutant content of the water is
given for five different stages. The first, "AFTER AGING",
shows no difference in pollutant content from the previous
parcel except for the ages of oil and floating solids and
high level wastes. Their ages are incremented by one (if
the previous age was not zero) until they are greater than
5, in which case they disappear from the river and become
age zero. The volume of water is the volume of surface
water on the parcel.
"BEFORE BIO CHANGE" is the amount of pollution in the
surface water after water has been removed by any intake on
the parcel. When water is removed from a parcel, the pollu-
tion in that water is also removed. So, if one third of
the water on a parcel were removed, one third of the pollu-
tion would also be removed. Only oil and floating solids
and high level wastes are unaffected when water is removed.
The volume of water printed on this line is the volume
remaining in the surface water after any water is removed.
After water is removed from the surface water, the
remaining pollution undergoes a biodegration process. The
third line, "AFTER BIO CHANGE", shows the amount of pollu-
tion in the river after that decay process.
Water is dumped on parcels containing municipal outflow
points, basic industry surface water users, and agricultural
runoff points. The total amount of pollution added to the
surface water on a parcel is the fourth line, "EFFLUENT
ADDED". That pollution is added together with the pollution
remaining in the river after biodegradation, and the result
108
-------
is moved to the next parcel in the river. The total amount
of pollution leaving a parcel is shown on the fifth line,
"MOVED TO NEXT PARCEL".
For those parcels on which municipal intake points are
located, the program prints the utility district code number
and amount of water removed by the district on a line between
"AFTER AGING" and "BEFORE BIO CHANGE". The amount of water
printed is shown as 100 times its actual value.
Water User Costs and Consumption
All water users except farms can incur costs related to
water. The types of possible expenditures vary by the type
of water user. Prices paid by municipal v/ater users purchas-
ing locally are set by jurisdiction and by type of user.
One cost for use of water can be incurred by any v/ater
user: if a water user cannot obtain all of its needed water
from its normal source, it automatically purchases the remain-
der from the Outside at the Outside price per unit of water.
Actually the Outside price does not necessarily literally
represent a purchase from sources outside of the simulated
region; it merely represents a higher cost to a water user
to obtain or process its required v/ater. Regardless of how
a business obtains its v/ater requirement, it dumps all of its
effluent into a municipal system, or if it is a surface water
user, into the surface water on its parcel.
A municipal v/ater user obtains all of its needed water
from its municipal system unless: 1) the total amount of v/ater
attempted removed by surface water users (municipal intake
points or surface v/ater using basic industries) from the
parcel on which its municipal intake point is located is
greater than the amount of water on the parcel; 2) the water
quality on the parcel on which its municipal intake point is
located is 9; 3) the intake treatment plant of its municipal
system has the capacity to process less than the total water
requirement of the municipal system's v/ater users. In the
second case, no water users supplied by the municipal system
receive municipal v/ater; all purchase from the Outside. In
the first and third cases each water user receives a share
of the municipally-supplied v/ater proportionate to its needs.
If both the first and third cases obtain, the lesser amount
is removed from the surface water and treated. A business
pays the local price set for its business type for that pro-
portion of its annual requirement which is supplied locally
and pays the Outside price for that proportion which is not
supplied locally.
109
-------
Figure
2.3
***ป ซ.*****ซ* **.*.****$**-***ปซ# ******ป**
TWOCITY
WATER USER COSTS AND CONSUMPTION
* ***ซ*****"ปซ*******ป**** ****ป*ป **** ซ* ****** **
- , ROUND 2
LOCATION
9422
9622
9822
10022
9424
9624
9R24
10024
10224
8826
9026
9226
9426
9626
10026
10226 .
10926
8628
B828
9028
9228
9428
9828
10028
10228
8430
8630
8930
9030
9230
9630
9830
10030
10230
8432
P632
Pฐ32
9032
***** t* ****** **$*****ป**** **********:
TYPE
AND UTILITY
LFVEL JURISDICTION DISTRICT
RA 1
RA 1
RA 2
RA 4
RA 1
RB 2
PR 3
RR 1
PA 4
RA 3
RA 3
R A 3
RA 2
CR 0
PB 2
RA 3
PA 2
PA 3
RA 4
RA 1
PS 1
MF 0
TE 1
RA 4
PA 2
R4 4
RA 6
RC 1
RC 2
PG 1
PA 1
8G 1
RA 2
RA 2
RA 6
RA 6
RA 2
RB 3
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
" " r 2
i
i
^
i
2
- 2 "
2
2
j
1
1
"" 1 '
1
2
2
2
1
I
1
1
" " "l
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
" 1
1
' 1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
AMOUNT
REQUIRED
IMGD)
0.10
0.06
0.12
0.27
0. 10
0.84
1 .32
0.42
0.40
0.35
0.35
0.35
0.21
0.0
0.84
0.21
0.21
0.24
0.49
0.10
0. 18
0.0
5.20
0.27
0.21
0. 39
0. 56
1.29
2.61
0.23
266.40
0.13
0. 12
0.21
0.48
0.56
0. 15
1. 38
>*********ปn(>**-*-**** ************* ft******
AMOUNT ANNUAL ANNUAL
OBTAINED CONSUMPTION WATER
(MGO) (MG) COST
o. 10
0.01
0.02
0.04
0.10
0.13
0.20
0.06
0.06
0. 35
0.35
0.35
0.21
0.0
0.13
0.03
0.03
' 0.24
0.49
0.10
0.18
0.0
0 .78
0.04
0.03
0.39
0.56
1.29
2. 61
0.23
266.40
0.02
0.02
0 .03
0.48
0.56
0.15
1. 38
36
21
43
97
36
302
475
151
144
126
126
126
75
0
302
75
75
86
1 76
36
55
0
1352
97
75
140
201
464
939
71
69264
40
43
75
1 72
201
54
496
14580
14220
28440
64440
14580
199980
314640
100440
95400.
56700
56700
56700
34020
0
199980
50220
50220
17280
79380
14580
251 10
0
855560
64440
50220
34380
40320
208980
422819
32085
0
26660
28440
50220
34560
40320
17100
223560
RECYCLING
COST
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
291200
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6926400
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
INTAKE OUTFLOW
TREATMENT TREATMENT
COST COST
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
< 0
0
0
0
0
0
1385280
0
0
0
0
0
" 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-------
A surface water user obtains all of its needed water from
the surface water unless: 1) the surface water quality is 9;
2) the total amount of water attempted removed from the parcel
by itself and any municipal intake points located on the par-
cel is greater than the amount of water on the parcel. In
the first case the industry buys all of its water from the
Outside at the Outside price per unit of water. In the second
case, the industry receives from the surface water an amount
proportionate to its requirement and buys the remainder from
the Outside.
On this output, the number printed under AMOUNT REQUIRED
is the water user's daily water requirement. The AMOUNT
OBTAINED is the amount of water obtained from the water user's
normal source of water. The annual consumption is a function
of the activity's type, level, and, in the case of basic
industries, amount of recycling. The annual water cost is the
total cost which the activity pays for water in that round.
A surface water user which obtains all of its water from the
surface water has zero cost here.
Only surface water using basic industries can incur recy-
cling, intake treatment, and outflow treatment costs. A bus-
iness's recycling cost is a function of its amount of recycling
and its normal water requirement. Its intake treatment cost
has an additional variation for the quality of the intake
water before it is processed. Outflow treatment costs vary
by the industry's volume of effluent and the type of treat-
ment provided. All three costs are shown on this output as
total annual costs.
Coliform and Pollution Index Values (Map)
The coliform concentration in the surface water on a
parcel affects the health index of that parcel and adjoining
parcels. A parcel adjoins a surface water parcel if any of
its corners touches a surface water parcel's corner. The
coliform count on a parcel which adjoins a surface water
parcel is the highest count of all of the surface water
parcels which it adjoins. When used in a parcel's health
index, the coliform count is divided by 4 and can have a
maximum value of 50.
A parcel's pollution index contributes to its environ-
mental index. It is one of two indexes in the model which can be
negative; good water quality contributes to the desirability
of surface water parcels and bordering parcels. For a parcel
containing surface water, the pollution index is:
(W-3.5) 3
where W is the surface water quality rating.
Ill
-------
Figure 2.4
Twnu rtt
COLIFOhn *';;) POLLUTION IS.'1!'! VALUES
1
121
1
1
111
1
1
161
1
1
161
1
1
20|
1
1
221
1
Zซl
1
1
26|
1
1
28|
1
1
J0|
1
1
321
1
1
3ป|
1
1
361
1
1
jei
101
1
1
ป2|
1
1
">l
1
1
ซ6|
1
.8|
1
1
501
1
ซ-
521
1
-
Jซl
1
561
1
38|
1
I
SO]
1
7(1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
Q
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
c
0
0
72 7ซ 76
1 0 | 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
| 0 | 0 | 0
| 0 1 0 | 0
1 0 1 0 | 0
1 0 1 0 | 0
1 0 1 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
1 0 1 0 1 0
| 0 | 0 1 0
1 01 0 | 0
1 0 1 0 | 0
| 0 | 0 1 0
| 0 | 0 | 0
1 01 01 0
1 0 | 0 1 0
| 0 | 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 1 0
I 0 1 0 | 0
| 0 | 0 | 0
1 0) 0| 0
I 0 | 0 I 0
I 0 | 0 1 0
1 0 | 0 1 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
1 0 1 0 | 0
1 0| 0| 0
1 0 | 0 1 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
| 0 | 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
1 9 1 9 1 9
1 0| 01 0
1 0 1 0 | 0
| 0 1 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 1 0
1 0 | 0 1 0
| 0 1 0 | 0
1 01 0| 0
1 0 | 0 1 0
1 0 1 0 | 0
; o | o i 0
1 0 | 0 1 0
I 0 | 0 | 0
| 0 | 0 1 0
1 0 | , 0 | 0
1 0| 0| 0
1 01 01 0
1 0| 0| 0
| 0 | 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
1 0 1 0 | 0
1 0| 0| 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
1 0| 0 t 0
101010
I 0 | 0 1 0
1 0 1 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
I 0 | 0 | 0
i oi o r o
1 0 1 0 | 0
I 0 | 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
1 0 1 . 0 | 0
1 "1 0 | 0
| 0 1 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
I 0 I 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
1 0 | 0 | 0
1 01 0 | 0
78 80
1 0 1 0
1010
1010
1010
1 0 | 0
1 0 | 0
1010
10|0
1 0 1 0
1010
1010
1 0 | 0
1010
1010
1 0 | 0
1010
1010
1010
|01
-------
The pollution index of a parcel bordering a surface water
parcel on a full side is half of the average pollution indexes
of the surface water parcels which it borders.
Pollution indexes are calculated for lake parcels and
parcels bordering lake parcels. Since the concentration of
individual pollutants is never specified for lake parcels,
there are no coliform counts for them.
113
-------
3. EMPLOYMENT OUTPUT
The Full-Time Employment and Transportation Processes
The employment allocation process ,is run soon after
the migration process. The number of workers living at
each residence location is the number resulting from migra-
tion. Unlike the migration process, the employment process
operates on all Pi's; each PI reconsiders all job openings
each round. A whole PI is hired at a time; there is no<
smaller unit in employment than a PI, even though a PI is
composed of many workers.
The factors involved in the matching of v/orkers with
jobs are each employer's salary offerings (salaries are
set by class, one salary offered to each class), the trans-
portation costs for workers to get to employment locations,
the workers' relative education levels, the number of job
openings in each class, where workers were employed in the
previous round, and where workers are boycotting job openings
In general, if there are fewer workers than jobs, those
employers offering the lowest salaries or located farthest
from residences do not receive all of their needed employees
and suffer production losses. Likewise, if there are more
workers than jobs, those workers with the lowest education
levels or located farthest from jobs are unable to find
employment.
The process operates on one class at a time, high-income
first and low-income last. Any high-income workers who
cannot find jobs are first to be considered for middle-
income jobs, and any middle-income v/orkers who cannot find
middle-income jobs are the first to be considered for low-
income jobs. Thus, unemployment tends to be pushed toward
the .lower classes, although that is not always the case.
The first part of the employment process is the selec-
tion of the least cost route from each class living on a
residence parcel to each employment location. When a pop-
ulation group selects a least cost route, it evaluates both
the time (dollar value of time) and actual dollar cost of
each mode and route. Modal usage is also a factor, since
overcrowded modal usage causes delay in time. The workers
perceive the previous round's mode and route usage. Each
class is willing to pay up to a fixed percent of the income
which, it would earn at a job in order to get to the job.
After the least cost route has been selected from each
Pi's residence to each employment location, each PI applies
for the job which nets it the greatest amount of money
114
-------
(salary offered less the transportation cost to get there).
A PI perceives a somewhat higher salary at its previous job
than is actually offered there. If the net income which
the PI would receive at its old job is perceived to be
highest, the PI takes its old job back and looks no further.
A PI does not even consider taking a job which it is boy-
cotting .
After all Pi's who find their old jobs to be, their.
best jobs have taken their old jobs, the remaining Pi's
seeking employment compete for jobs on the basis of their
educational levels. Of the applicants for remaining job
openings, an employer selects those with the highest educa-
tion levels first. Those Pi's who are not hired for their
best jobs then seek employment at their next best jobs. The
process is repeated until either all of the job openings in
the class have been filled or all of the 'Pi's'in the class
have been hired. There is one type of exception to the
latter case: a PI which cannot find a job within its max-
imum transportation range remains unemployed.
The employment process then operates on the next lower
class, any Pi's from the previous class being the first
considered for jobs.
After the employment process has been run for all
three classes, transportation routes and congestion* are
recalculated, using the origins and destinations created
in the employment process. All classes are assigned simul-
taneously to the least cost routes in time arid'money from
their residences to their jobs, considering the previous
round's usage of modes and routes. If there are any'great
changes in congestion between rounds after all have been
assigned routes, the transportation process is run again,
considering the new usage. The process is repeated until
there is no great change in congestion .between two succes-
sive iterations. Pi's pay only the final actual dollar
cost to travel; the time dollar cost is used for route
allocation only.
The Full-Time Employment and Transportation Output
Detailed employment information prints for each class
low-class first and high-income last. Within a single class's
output all of the information pertaining to those of the
class living on the same residence parcel is printed together.
The order in which the information for each parcel is printed
is from left to right, top to bottom across the board.
The first column contains the coordinates of the resi-
dence parcel. The next column contains the location of
ITS
-------
Figure
3.3
EMPLOYMENT SELECTION INFORMATION FOR
RESIDENCE EMPLOYER POPUL. SALARY TIME AUTO BUS RAIL ROUTE
LOCATION LOCATION UNITS ' UNITS COST COST COST
8628
UNEMPLOYED
9828
8430 UNEMPLOYED
11000. 35.0 935.0
HIGH INCOME CLASS
0.0
0.0
9727
9527
9327
9127 89?7 R777
8630 UNEMPLOYED
9828
8830 UNEMPLOYED
11000. 25.0 985.0 0.0
9230 (SC2I
9630
9432
JNEMPLOYEO
92?fl
9B28
9630
9332
2
1
10
1
4
16
1
1
10600.
11000.
11000.
10000.
11000.
11000.
10000.
0.0
2.5 310.0 0.0 0.0
7.5 510.0 0.0 0.0
5.0 410.0 0.0 0.0
2.5 0.0 0.0 0.0
11000. 20.0 785.0 0.0 0.0
5.0 410.0 0.0 0.0
7.5 510.0 0.0 0.0
9727
8731
9131
9531
9331
9129
9727
9531
9731
9527
8931
9331
9131
9527
9331
9531
9529
9131
8931
9529
9131
9331
9531 9331 9131
8931
9531 9331 9131
9131
9432 UNEMPLOYED
8632 UNEMPLOYED
9828
V100O. 25.0 985.0 0.0 0.0
9727
8731
9527
9529
9531 9331 9131
8931
-------
each employer for which Pi's in the class on the parcel work.
The first row always shows the number of Pi's who are unem-
ployed on the parcel. For each other row, the output shows
the number of Pi's working at the employment location, the
salary earned per worker, the total number of time units
spent traveling to work, the total automobile cost paid
per worker, the total bus cost paid per worker, the total
rail cost paid per worker, and the route and modes which
the population units take to work. All Pi's of the same
class living on the same residence parcel and working for
the same employer take the same route and modes. The route
printed is traced from employment location to residence loca-
tion. The intersection at the start of travel, the inter-
sections passed, the intersection at which a new mode is
used, and the last intersection (that of the residence parcel)
are listed in order. An intersection is a four or five digit
number which may be preceded by a bus or rail route number if
the PI got off the bus or rail system at that intersection.
Next to some employment locations are parentheses con-
taining the name of a government department or the notation
'FSE1. A government department has a parcel designated as
its employment center. That parcel does not necessarily
have government activity on it; it is merely used as a cen-
tral hiring location because although a department can have
facilities on several parcels, it hires centrally as a
whole. The letters 'FSE1 denote Federal-state employment
centers such as state departments and federal installations.
FSE is a catch-all category for miscellaneous local employ-
ment. An FSE only hires; it has none of the other charac-
teristics of a business or local government department.
s
The Part-Time Employment Process
A social decision-maker can allocate time units for
his population units to spend in part-time work. Social
decision-makers realize that their population units seldom
receive all the extra work for which time was allocated.
As with the full-time employment allocation process, the
Pi's educational level is the most important factor in the
assignment of part-time work units to extra work time allo-
cation .
The supply of part-time work units, eighty of which_
are equivalent to one full-time job, is primarily determined
by the levels of business activity in the system Each
business type has a fixed number of time units of Part-time
work for each class for each level of operation In addi-
tion, a variable number of part-time work units (jobs) is
provided by the School Department.
117
-------
'The school -department in each jurisdiction provides
public 'adult education according to the number of middle
and high-income part-time work units it hires. This speci-
fication obviously can fluctuate considerably round-to-round
Two lists -- 'one supply of and the other demand for
part-time work units -- are created for each population
class.. The suppliers of part-time work units are ordered
"by the salary offered (proportional to full-time wage
Qffered) with the highest salary placed first. Each entry
on thi.s list contains a location, a full-time salary per
and. an amount of part-time work units available.
E-acJi, e,ntry :in the ..demand -for units list is comprised
tif a 'residence group for which allowed time for extra work
as ''defined. 'by' a .parcel Ipcation, an average education level,
anql'ran average time allocation for extra work.* The number
bf-'Pl's. in- each group is the final item of information.
Thi4 .-list. is. ordered on the basis of average education
level' with the highest levels first.
for each complete pass through the list of residence
"groups1, the . part-time work' allocation process attempts to
assign .by class .ten units of extra work to each population
Ujlit -which -has an unfilled extra work allocation. The
process1 .continues until either all requests (unfilled allo- ,
cation^,) are filled or until the supply of part-time work
units is exhausted.
First, the residence group at the top of the list
(i..e. the one with the highest education level of those
groups who have not yet been assigned work in that particu-
lar pass)' is examined. The number of Pi's is multiplied
either.- by ten or by, a figure less than ten (if there are
lie,-S'S" than ten unfilled extra work time allocation units
remaining.) in order to obtain the group's request for part-
time work .units. For example, assume in the first pass
th-at &'PH':s at 10026 have the highest education level and
tha't the ' social -decision-maker allocated 25 time units to
ex-tra work for each' PH. The total demand for units of this
gr-otip. 'in..' the first. pass is sixty (60). These population
units .'will have .their employment request of sixty part-time
units -met before any other high-income population units
are considered.
*Pl's of - the same class who live on the same parcel. Each
PI so grouped has averaged, and thus identical, characteris-
tics, -such as education level and time allocated for extra
worH-
118
-------
Once the request is determined, the job supply list is
examined. For each potential work location, a shadow auto-
mobile transportation cost per worker is calculated. This
value is subtracted from the salary per worker to obtain a
net income per worker which is used to determine the best
job. Units from this best job are assigned to the residence
group up to the amount of their request. If that particular
job has an insufficient supply of part-time units available,
the remainder of the request must be met by the second best
job, and so on.
After the job units are assigned to the particular
residence group, their per PI unfilled extra work time
allocation units are decremented by ten (or the figure less
than ten) and they are placed at the bottom of the residence
group list. Of course, if the residence then has no more
units to be filled, they are dropped from further consider-
ation.
Subsequently, a different residence group appears at
the top of the list and the assignment process proceeds in
the identical fashion. This continues until either of the
two mentioned termination criteria are reached. High-income
population units may not be assigned middle or low-income
part-time jobs, nor may middle take low or high, and so
forth. Within an income class, the only case in which a PI
would receive a part-time job before another Pi with a
higher education level is the case in which the latter's
shadow transportation cost exceeded the remuneration expected
from the particular job.
Note: The route which a PI takes to a part-time job is
the least-cost route, but road congestion is not a factor,
and auto is the only mode allowed. The costs used in part-
time job and route selection are the peak-hour transporta-
tion parameters, but a Pi pays a dollar cost and spends an
amount of time travelling proportional to the number of
time units spent in part-time work. For example, if a PI
spends 20 time units at a job to which the least full-time
transportation cost is $200 and 4 time units, the Pi is
charged 20/80 of those amounts, or $50 and 1 time unit.
The base auto cost used in the trip to full-time
employment is used as a base cost in part-time employment,
so a PI also pays a portion of that base cost to get to
part-time work.
119
-------
The Part-Time Employment Outp-gt
One output is printed for each class, high-income first
and low-income last. The first column shows the coordinates
of the residence parcel. The second shows the location of
one employer for whom the class on the parcel has been
assigned part-time work. The location 'ADED' indicates that
the class is working for a School Department's adult educa-
tion program. The third column is the total number of part-
time work units which the class on the parcel is filling at
the employment location. The fourth contains, the full-time
salary offered per worker at the employment location. Since
a full-time job is equivalent to 80 time units in part-time
work, a class which filled 60 time units at a particular
employer would receive 60/80 of the total salary paid to a
PI in its class working there full-time.
120
-------
Figure III 3.4
WOf'K ALLnr/Mirrj FOR HIGH I!\irovF CLASS
TIME UNITS SALAฐY
RR^.O 9? 30 100 10^00,
RS 30 9630 30 11000
Qpi -3 963? 30 1 1000,
8836 9630 SO 11000,
ซR36 96?? 10 1 1^00
96 3 R 963? 40 11^00
qpT,ฃ,. ฐP?? RO 10nOO
Q430 130 10r>00,
9430 30 10 c> 0 0 ,
9ซ2" 50 11000
^430 ?0 1 OS00
o R ? q 30 11000
9P7o 60 10000
9R30 ?0 10000
121
-------
Employment Summary
This shows overall employment statistics for the simu-
lated region. The list includes the following summary infor-
mation for each class: the number of residence parcels
occupied by the class; the number of Pi's employed in jobs
of their own class; the number of Pi's taking jobs in the
next lower class; the number of unemployed Pi's; the total
number of Pi's in the class living in the simulated region;
the total number of part-time units worked by the class;
and the number of job openings for the class which were left
unfilled.
This output is the single most useful section of the
employment output for an observer to use in quickly evalua-
ting the local employment situation.
Employment Centers
This output lists information concerning Federal-state
employers and the locations of local government employment
centers. The director specifies where Federal-state em-
ployers are located, how many Pi's they attempt to hir, and
the salaries they offer. This output shows that information
?nd the number of jobs which were actually filled at each
Federal-state employment location.
The director can also designate locations from which a
local government department hires. If the director does
not designate a parcel as a department's employment center,
that -department has the whole region as its hiring location.
That is, a prospective employee has no location to which
to travel for work. An employee's transportation time and
dollar cost is the average automobile time and dollar for
workers in the region. He does not contribute to road
usage because he has no specific destination.
122
-------
EMPLOYMENT S
INCOME
IN CO 'IE HIGH I !, C u M t ALL CLASSES
NUMBER OF RESIDENCES
PI'S E KPLOYED AT THIS LEVEL
PI'S EMPLOYED AT LO-'JER LEVEL
PI'S UNEMPLOYED
TOTAL POPULATION UNITS
PART-TIME UNITS WORKED
20
1 73
Q
M 1
211
1 3QM
3b ' 31
236 /: / ^
79 H^
U U
3ป& 316
l 6 -4 a i u u b
52
121
3960
NUMBER OF JOBS STILL AVAILABLE
-------
Figure 7.2
#********** ฃ********#*#*#******* ** ************:,::$**:<:$: **** ***** ** ****** * **** ***
TWOCTTY
EMPL^VMFIVT CFNTFPS RnnNn ?
* ** **y^**^ ** ft*** ^**4; ******* *;^*:^:^ *^:* ^V^^c* s"r* **** ^: *** * j^ * ** * * * * * :-. if -\; *ฃ*-% ->,"'' * * * * *** * **
STATE FMDLnYERS
F"PLOYฃr, JHR rjPENTMGS JORS FTLLFD SALARY nrr
LHCATTHM LOW M10DLF MTHM LHW MinDLE HIGH LOW MTHOLF
9432 543 S 4 3 ?600 5?00 104 TO
LOCAL GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEES
OFPT. AND JURIS. EMPLOYMENT CENTPR
PAIL 94^0
BUS 9430
MSI 9430
sri 9430
MS? 9230
SC2 9730
-------
4.. COMMERCIAL OUTPUT
The Commercial Allocation Process
All people and businesses and two government departments
purchase goods and services each round in order to function.
People and residence owners (for residential maintenance)
purchase from Personal Goods (PG) and Personal Services (PS)
establishments; businesses, scnools, and municipal services
purchase from Business Goods (BG) and Business Services (BS)
establishments. The procedures for allocation of PG and
PS buyers to sellers are identical. The procedures for
allocation of BG and BS buyers to sellers are similar to
the PG and PS allocation and identical to each other. The
computer program performs the entire allocation process,
but is affected by player decisions.
Each user of goods and services requires a certain num-
ber of consumption units. A consumption unit is an expres-
sion which represents a quantity to be purchased, regardless
of what items in reality comprise that quantity. The quan-
tity of goods or services which a seller can provide is also
expressed as a certain number cf consumption units. Each
seller of goods or services sets a price which must be paid
for each consumption unit purchased at his commercial esta-
blishment. Usually PG and PS prices are similar and BG and
BS .prices are similar. The quantity which each buyer of
goods and services must obtain is indirectly derived from
player decisions by the computer program. The program
relates the local supply to that demand in the commercial
allocation process, which simulates the decision of each
buyer as to where it will purchase its required goods and
services.
The PG-PS allocation process is run before the BG-BS
allocation process. A description of PG allocation suffices
as a PS description.
The buyers of PG are each class living on each residence
parcel and each residence unit incurring maintenance. Pi's
buy for themselves to live; residence owners buy goods for
maintenance only. All of the same class living on the same
residence parcel purchase at the same PG; a residence owner
buys all of a single residence parcel's maintenance at the
same PG.
Each buyer of PG attempts to purchase from the PG
establishment at which it can obtain its goods most cheaply.
The buyer's cost per consumption unit (CU) is the cost per
CU at the establishment plus the least transportation cost
125
-------
per CU to get from the buyer's location to the establishment.
There are two additional factors in a buyer's perception of
a seller's price. One is the buyer's bias toward shopping
where it shopped in the previous round. The other is the
buyer's bias against shopping at an establishment which was
overused in the previous round, i.e., an establishment at
which more CD's were sold than the establishment could ade-
quately provide. There is no absolute limit on the amount
which a PG can sell, but as it sells more than its effective
capacity to provide, its service deteriorates.
Each buyer selects the PG establishment at which it
incurs the least perceived total cost. A buyer does not
even consider selecting a PG which it is boycotting. All
buyers choose simultaneously, and then reevaluate their
selections in light of the new usage. The evaluation pro-
cess is repeated until no commercial establishment changes
its usage on two successive reevaluations. The cost which
a buyer pays is the actual price at the PG which it selects
and the actual least transportation cost to get to that PG.
There is one competitor for local PG establishments:
the Outside. The Outside is treated the same as any other
PG in the allocation process, but its price is higher than
the typical local price (see Master Tables for Outside prices
and typical local prices). There is, however, no transpor-
tation cost to shop Outside, and no crowding effect. A PG
buyer purchases Outside if the Outside price is less than
its least perceived local cost to shop. The Outside has
unlimited capacity.
Output
There are four main parts to the commercial output:
PERSONAL GOODS ALLOCATION SUMMARY
PERSONAL SERVICES ALLOCATION SUMMARY
BUSINESS GOODS ALLOCATION SUMMARY
BUSINESS SERVICES ALLOCATION SUMMARY
Again, an explanation of PG applies, to a great extent,
to the other allocations.
The first section concerns PG establishments. Each PG
has a code number. The Outside is always code number one.
In the row beside the code number are the location of the
PG, its owner, development level, effective capacity (in
CU's), the number of CU's sold, the price charged per CU,
and the PC's gross income (price per CU times CU's sold).
The Outside has no owner, level, or capacity.
126
-------
Figure
4.1
TWOCTTY
PERSONAL GOODS ALLOCATION SUMMARY
ROUND
PERSONAL COOTS
NUMBER
1
2
PERSONAL
ASSIGNED
2
2
2
2
I
1
2
2
2
2
2
LOCATION OWNER
OUTSIDE
9230 E
- -
GOODS
TO LOCATION
9422
9422
9422
9622
9B22
10022
9424
9424
9424
9624
9624
LEVEL
1
CLASS OR
LAND USE
RA
LOW
MID
LOW
LOW
LOW
RA
LOW
MID
RB
LOW
CAPACITY CAPACITY USED PR
4144
13148 1332?
TOTAL 17966
CUSTOMERS
DECISION MAKER " CONSUMPTION
CONTROLLING UNITS
B 1
F 21
C 23
0 42
D 84
D 190
C 2
F 21
C " 28
F 52
D 590
ICE/CU GROSS INCOME
13000 53372000.
10000 138220000.
192092000.
TRANSPORTATION
COST
11 75.
24675.
32900.
49350.
0.
0.
1850.
19425.
250QQ.
48100.
545750.
PURCHASE
COST
10000.
210000.
280000.
420000. .
1092000.
2470000.
20000.
210000.
2ROOOO.
520000.
5900000.
TOTAL
COST
1 1175
234675
312900
469350
1002000
2470000
21850,
229425
305900
568100
6445750
-------
The second section provides detail on all purchases of
PG. The table contains one row for each purchaser of PG.
The list is ordered by residence parcel location, from left
to right and top to bottom across the board. For a single
parcel, the list is in order of residence, low-income,
middle-income, high-income. The first column contains the
code number of the PG at which the buyer is shopping. The
second column contains the coordinates of the residence
parcel and the third identifies the type of buyer on the
residence parcel (PA, RB, RC, LOW, MID, or HIGH). Next is
a single letter identifying the decision-maker controlling
the residence or class. For a residence, the letter denotes
an economic decision-maker; for a class, the letter denotes
a social decision-maker.
The number of consumption units which the buyer has
obtained is the fifth item of information. The number of
CD's required is calculated by the program but is affected
by player decisions. The calculations are different for
residential maintenance than for Pi's. A residence depre-
ciates each round in response to several factors : normal
depreciation (fixed), quality of local municipal services,
sufficiency of local water for fire protection, arid floods.
Only the normal depreciation is not responsive to local
conditions. As a residence depreciates, it becomes less
attractive to people seeking housing. A residence owner can
offset depreciation by setting a maintenance level for the
residence. When the residence depreciates below that main-
tenance level, the program automatically calculates the
number of PG and PS units required to restore the residence
to the maintenance level. The values of the factors which
affect depreciation and the number of PG and PS units required
for each 1% maintenance are shown on the Master Tables. For
example, suppose that an RB had a quality index of 70 and a
maintenance level of 70, and that the Master Table showed
that RB requires 4 PG units and 2 PS units per 1% maintenance.
Suppose that the residence depreciated a total of 3% (3% of
100, not of 70). The RB would automatically purchase 3x4,
or 12 units of PG, and 3 x 2, or 6 units of PS.
The total consumption of a class living on a single
residence parcel is a function of three things: the class,
the amount of time allocated to recreation, and the number
of Pi's in the class living there. The fixed number of PG
and PS units required by a PI in each class are shown on the
Master Table. The amount of time allocated to recreation
is set by the decision-maker controlling the class on the
parcel. The Master Table shows the number of PG and PS
units which a PI must purchase for each time unit spent in
recreation. Suppose that there are 6 PM's on a parcel and
that they have allocated 10 time units to recreation.
128
-------
Suppose further that the Master Table shows that a PM
requires 28 PG and 11 PS units per round, and .05 PG and
.05 PS units per time unit in recreation. The 6 PM's
would require:
28 x (10 x .05) x 6 = 84 PG units,-and 11 x (10 x .05) x 6 =
33 PS units.
The transportation cost, the sixth column, is the total trans-
portation cost which the buyer pays to obtain PG. The transportation
cost is always zero if the buyer purchases from the Outside.
The transportation costs printed for residences are dummy
costs used for the purposes of assigning residential main-
tenance purchases to PG establishments; no one ever pays that
cost.
The last two columns show the total purchase cost paid
by the buyer to the PG establishment and the total cost paid
by the buyer for the personal goods and transportation (col-
umns six plus seven).
The Personal Services Allocation Summary contains the
identical types of information regarding detail on buyers
and sellers of personal services.
The Business Goods and Business Services summaries are
also identical regarding economic sector buyers and sellers,
with a few minor exceptions in the economic sector. For one,
PG and PS buy from BG and BS in response to their sales
resulting from the personal commercial allocation. The
Master Table shows how many units of BG and BS a PG or PS
must purchase for each CU which it sells.
A basic industry requires a fixed number of BG and BS
units each round. The fixed number is the number which the
Master Table shows as being required for a level one of the
industry type. That amount times the industry's level is
the industry's fixed consumption.
Businesses depreciate annually due to several fac-
tors. Like residences, businesses may offset depreciation
through maintenance. The Master Table shows the number of
BG and BS units required per 1% maintenance for each business
type.
Business Goods arid Business Services are the only
business types which never pay for operating costs and main-
tenance costs locally. They purchase from the Outside.
The major difference between the BG-BS and PG-PS
allocation processes is that BG and BS can have contracts to
provide local schools and municipal services departments
with their required goods and services. A department can
129
-------
Figure 4.5
GO VCR N M E^' T C HM T 3, ACTS
BUSINESS SCRVICFS Dc; ฐAi:T^EMT CONSUMPTION' UNTTS COST
l MSI i
1 MS? R 104-OOdl
130
-------
contract with several local goods and services establishments
for up to a total of 100% of its requirement. If less than
100% of a department's requirement is contracted locally,
then the rest is automatically purchased from Outside at the
Outside price. Government contracts with BG and BS esta-
blishments are made by players; they enter into the commer-
cial allocation process only in that they consume BG and BS
capacity before the other BG-BS buyers select shopping loca-
tions and thus decrease a BG's or BS's remaining capacity.
Sellers to government are assured of government purchases.
The number of units which a department consumes is the sum
of the operating needs of its facilities (number of levels
times a fixed requirement per level) and its maintenance
requirements. Both BG and BS allocation summary outputs
have a table showing where government departments are buying
BG and BS, how many units are consumed by each department,
and the total income to the BG or BS establishment for those
sales.
131
-------
5. Terminal Allocation Output
Heavy industries, light industries, and business goods
use terminals. Terminals represent major shipping and
receiving points through which those businesses interact
with the Outside system.
A business is assigned by the program to the terminal
to which it has the least transportation cost. However,
terminals have capacities, and a terminal's usage affects
a business's perception of the transportation cost to get
there. The allocation process is similar to the commercial
process in that terminal users are assigned to terminals
simultaneously and then reevaluate their choices in light
of the new allocation. However, there is no Outside terminal
Since the only cost to a terminal user is the transportation
cost, it uses the best terminal it can find, i.e., the one
to which the transportation cost weighted by its usage is
least. The user pays only the actual transportation cost.
The terminal output lists the location of each terminal
user, the type of economic activity, and the number of ter-
minal capacity units consumed by the user. It also shows,
for each terminal, the terminal's code number, its location
(terminals are located at intersections), and its develop-
ment level. The capacity of a level one terminal is shown
on the Master Table. A terminal's capacity is its develop-
ment level times the capacity of a level one terminal.
The terminal output also includes a map showing the
geographic distribution of terminal users and terminals.
Each parcel on the map contains a single digit, which, if
non-zero, is the code number of the terminal which the eco-
nomic activity on that parcel is using. Terminals are iden-
tified by their single digit codes, are located at intersec-
tions, and are surrounded by asterisks.
132
-------
Figure 4.6
TERMINAL DEMAND AND SUPPLY TABLE
CUSTOMERS
LOCATIONS LAND USS RfiQLJIREuEN TS
9626 CR 3000
9428 MF 2000
9C28 TE 2000
9630 PA 3000
9830 BG 1139
9432 FO 3000
9632 HP 6000
TERMINALS
K[iHBEfi LOCATION LEVEL
1 9531 2
133
-------
Figure 4.7
TERMINAL ALLOCATION MAP
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
4.6
48
50
52
70
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
70
72
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.0
72
74
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Q
0
0
0
0
0
0.
0
0
74
76
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 "
0
76
78
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
78
80
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
"0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80
82
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
82
84
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
84
86
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
86
88
-> 0
0
0
0-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
88
90
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
90
92
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
92
94
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
94
96
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
*1*
- 1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
96
98
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
98
100
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
102
0
0
0
0
0
0"
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
102
104
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
104
106
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
106
108
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
<
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
103
110
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
>2*
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
110
112
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
112
114
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
114
12
14
16
18
20
?2
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
3fi
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
-------
E. SOCIAL SECTOR DETAILED OUTPUT
1. Dollar Value of Time
The social sector has four types of resources:
time, voting power, money, and the power to boycott. The
first two are unique to this sector, but it is through time
allocation that social decision-makers can increase their
voting strength. Time can be allocated to extra work, adult
education, politics and recreation. Time is not specific-
ally allocated to transportation to full-time work, but
transportation makes the first claim on allocatible time; it
decreases time available before time allocated to any other
activities is considered by the program. The more time which
a PI spends travelling to work, the less time it has to
spend in other more personally useful activities. A decision
maker or the director can affect the amount of time which .Pi's
spend travelling through the decision to specify the dollar
value of a time unit travelling.
The computer assigns all population units to modes
of transportation to and from work on the basis of least
cost. Least cost includes transportation charges (which
differ according to mode of transportation, type of road and
amount of congestion) as well as the dollar value of time
spent traveling. The social decision-maker or director is
able to specify the dollar value of one time unit consumed
traveling to and from work for each of the classes. As the
dollar value of a time unit spent traveling increases, there
is a greater chance that the computer will assign a more
expensive but quicker mode of transportation to work (i.e.,
via automobile or rapid rail rather than bus). The following
example will demonstrate how the computer considers the dollar
value of time.
Assume that the tranpsortation dollar costs
for one worker is $150 per year to get to work by bus and
$230 to get to work by auto. It also requires an extra 4
time units to travel by bus instead of auto.
If the dollar value of time for that popula-
tion unit was set at $40 then $160 (4 x $40) would be added
to the bus cost to arrive at a total cost of $310 to get to
work by bus. To take an auto it costs $320 (no extra time
units consumed). Therefore, the computer would assign the
population unit the BUS mode to travel to work (since $310
is less than $320).
In the same case, suppose the dollar value of
time was set to $50. Then the total bus cost would be $150
plus 4 time units times $50 (dollar value) or $350. Auto
135
-------
Figure - 5.1
****** ********************************
TWOCITY
DOLLAR VALUE CF TIME JURISDICTION 1
ROUND
TEAM
SOCIO-ECONOMIC CLASS
HIGH MIDDLE LOW
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
20
10
47
54
52
59
57
15
8
44
41
49
32
43
10
6
38
37
36
8
34
136
-------
would cost only $320. Therefore, thB computer would assign
these population units the auto mode to work (since $320 is
less than $350) .
A worker pays only the actual dollar cost to get to
work. The dollar value of time is used for route and mode
allocation purposes only. The dollar value of time repre-
sents the worth of a time unit being spent in transportation
relative to the time unit being spent in other activities.
137
-------
2. Social Decision-Maker Detailed Output
This output shows the characteristics and financial
status of the Pi's controlled by a social decision-maker in
each jurisdiction, in each class on each parcel. The
characteristics and financial status of the Pi's in the
same class on the same parcel are averages. They can
differ only in their employment locations and salaries
earned. For all other purposes, the model uses averages
for the whole group.
The output contains one column for each parcel.
a. Location and Number of Pi's
The first two rows identify the residence loca-
tion and number of Pi's in the class living there,
bซ Education Level
A Pi's educational level affects its chances of
obtaining a job. The higher its educational level relative
to educational levels of others seeking employment, the
greater its chances of getting a higher paying job. A
social decision-maker can increase his Pi's educational
levels by allocating time to adult education. Adult
education represents an investment of time and money
resources to improve a worker's relative usefulness to an
employer, whether the investment be in courses, reading,
or skill and experience improvement.
Public (free) adult education can be provided
only by a jurisdiction's School Department. If the School
Department of the jurisdiction in which a Pi resides does
not provide an adult education program, the Pi cannot
obtain free adult education. If the department does not
provide enough adult education for the requests of the
people in the jurisdiction, then all of the Pi's have only
a portion of their requests satisfied. Pi's can also alloc-
ate time to private adult education, which they are assured
of obtaining (if they have enough time units remaining
after other time allocations) but which is relatively
expensive.
c. Voter Registration Per PI
Voter registration represents the maximum
number of votes per PI which the decision-maker can cast
in an election. If voting is done through the computer,
a portion of the registered voters turn out for an election.
138
-------
Figure -5.2
***********************************************************
TWOCITY
SOCIAL CFCISTON MAKER GG HIGH SOCIO-ECONOMIC CLASS
***********************************************************
LOCATION
NUMBER OF PI'S
EDUCATION LEVEL
VOTER REGISTRATION PFR PI
PREVIOUS SAVINGS PER PI
PERCENT OF PI'S UNEMPLOYED
INCOME PER PI
EMPLOYMENT(FULL)
EMPLOYMENT(PART)
WELFARE
MISCELLANEOUS
EXPENDITURES PER PI
RENT
TRANSPORTATION
AUTO
BUS
RAIL
GOODS
SERVICES
SCHOOL (CHILDREN)
SCHOOL (ADULTS)
HEALTH
SALES TAX
INCOME TAX
AUTOMOBILE TAXES
MISCELLANEOUS
SAVINGS PFR PI
NEW BALANCE PER PI
8830
13
90
216
256269
0
1312615
160384
0
538
322000
61551
0
0
370000
155200
39000
0
8000
22894
232500
908
0
260946
517215
9030
23
81
216
130233
4
1292727
0
204000
0
276000
72980
0
0
370000
155200
39000
0
8000
22894
195756
1406
0
355491
485724
TIME ALLOCATION PER PI
TRANSPORTATION
ILLNESS
EXTRA JOB (25)
EDUCATION
PUBLIC ( 0)
PRIVATE ( 0)
POLITICS (35)
RECREATION (10)
INVOLUNTARY
HEALTH INDEX
PERSONAL INDEX
NEIGHBORHOOD INHFX
ENVIRONMENTAL INDEX
QUALITY OF LIFE INDEX
5
3
10
0
0
35
10
37
25
67
163
246
313
15
3
0
0
0
35
10
37
25
116
162
245
361
139
-------
The decision-maker can increase the fixed minimum number of
voters in a Pi by allocating time to political activity.
The increase lasts for one round only, so a high regis-
tration can be maintained only if time is allocated to
politics each round.
d. Previous Savings Per Pi
This is the average savings or deficit which a
PI has from previous years. It is added to the new savings
(the current round's income less expenditures)and becomes
the new balance, next round's previous savings.
e. Percent of Pi's Unemployed
This is the number of Pi's who were unable to
obtain full-time jobs expressed as a percent of the number
of Pi's of the class living on the parcel.
f. Average Income Per Pi
The population living on a parcel can derive
income from up to four sources: full-time employment,
part-time employment, welfare, and miscellaneous (cash
transfers from other social or economic decision-makers or
government departments). Welfare can be received only by
those Pi's who are unemployed and is paid by the jurisdic-
tion in which they reside, if that jurisdiction has a welfare
program.
g. Average Expenditures Per PI
Most personal expenditures are only partially
affected, if at all, by social decision-makers. A level of
each residence type has a fixed number of space units. A
PI of each class occupies .a fixed number of space units. A
residence owner sets a rent per space unit and a Pi pays
rent on the number of space units which a PI of its class
occupies. Although the rent charged at a residence is set
by its economic sector owner and the residents must pay that
amount, rent is a factor in the allocation of people to
housing in the migration process.
Transportation expenditures are incurred in the
trip to work and to obtain goods and services. Auto, bus
and rail may be used in the trip to work, but only auto may
be used in commercial trips. All transportation routes and
costs are calculated by the computer program. See the
Employment Detail and Commercial Detail descriptions for
more information on transportation costs.
140
-------
The Commercial Detail description also explains
Pi expenditures for goods and services, part of which is
affected by the amount of time which a PI spends in
recreation.
A PI pays for private education for its children
if local schools are inadequate. Students are assigned to
schools by the computer. Middle and high income families
have certain criteria for the school in their district. If
the school fails to meet these criteria, these students will
be assigned by the computer to private schools at the expense
of the population unit they represent. Those criteria are ซ.
shown on the Master Tables. Students of the low socio-eco-
nomic class go to the public school in their district regard-
less of the hiqh and middle class criteria, unless their
residence location is excluded from a district. The cost
for private school varies by class and is shown on the
Master Tables. A Pi pays for adult education if it has
allocated time to private education. There is a fixed
cost per time unit spent in adult education.
A "PI has a fixed annual health expenditure
which varies with the Pi's class. In addition to. that
base amount, a PI on a parcel having surface water or
adjoining a parcel having surface water incurs a greater
expenditure if there are any coliform bacteria in the water
See the Master Tables for the precise costs.
There are three types of taxes which a Pi may
have to pay: sales taxes, income taxes, and automobile
taxes. There is a fixed state sales tax rate on all pur-
chases of personal goods and services, regardless of whether
the goods or services are purchased from local establishments
or from the Outside. Local governments may alsc set tax
rates on PG and PS purchases from commercial establishments
within their own jurisdictions. That tax revenue accrues
to the government of the seller's jurisdiction.
There are fixed federal-state income tax rates
on all Pi's total full-time and part-time gross income.
Local governments may also tax the gross income of the Pi's
living in their jurisdictions and/or working in their juris-
dictions. The tax revenue goes to the account of the juris-
diction levying the tax.
There are no fixed automobile taxes. Local
governments may tax total automobile expenditures to get to
full-time and part-time work by PL's living in their juris-
dictions and/or working in their jurisdictions.
141
-------
Miscellaneous expenditures are cash trans-
fers made by the social decision-maker to other social or
economic decision-makers or government departments.
h. Time Allocation
As mentioned above, social decision-makers
allocate time for their Pi's to spend in extra work, adult
education, politics and recreation. There are 100 units of
leisure time available to each PI. Two types of time allo-
cation are not set by a decision-maker: time in illness and
time in transportation. The time units spent in those two
categories are first deducted from a Pi's 100 available time
units before any time is spent in other activities.
Transportation time is explained above. The
number of time units which a PI spends in illness is equal
to one-tenth of the health index on its residence parcel.
The health index is a function of the use index of the munic-
ipal services unit serving the parcel, the amount of over-
crowding at the residence, and the amount of coliform bac-
teria in the surface water on the parcel or on adjoining
parcels.
The computer program performs all of the actual
time allocation process in response to decision-makers'
time allocation requests. If, after time has been subtracted
for illness and transportation, the PI has any remaining
time units, it may enter the part-time employment process.
The amount of time spent in part-time work is subtracted
from the remaining time units, and if any time units remain,
the PI may enter the adult education allocation process.
Politics and recreation are processed last, in that order,
and in the same fashion with regard to not exceeding the
100 allocatable time units.
All of the time which a PI allocated to a
specific activity but was unable to spend in that activity
contributes to "involuntary time". If during the time allo-
cation process a PI uses up all of its 100 time units, no
time may be spent in subsequent activities.
All of the allocated units in excess of 100
become involuntary time. There are two other sources of
involuntary time. If a PI cannot obtain all of the part-
time work which it requests (due to there being a greater
number of time units allocated to part-time work than there
are part-time jobs) the portion of the allocated time which
was unfilled adds to involuntary time. The other source
of involuntary time is the portion of a public adult edu-
cation request which cannot be met by local adult education
programs.
142
-------
Involuntary time and transportation time con-
tributes to a Pi's personal index. Recreation time de-
creases the personal index.
A social decision-maker sets the dollar
value of a time unit travelling for all of a class uoard-
wide. The dollar value of time of the high-income people
controlled by BB, for example, cannot be different for those
PH controlled by BB in jurisdiction 1 than it is for BB's
PH in jurisdiction 3. Social decision-makers can, however,
allocate time by jurisdiction and even by parcel. A decision-
maker's preferred time allocations appear in parentheses
to the right of the row headings labelling the types of
allocations. Any exceptions for the decision-maker's prefer-
ence on individual parcels show the preferred allocations in
parentheses next to the actual allocations for the parcel.
i , Indexes
The Social Detailed Output also lists the
values of five indexes used in the migration process. See
the description of Migration for details.
143
-------
3. Social Decision-Maker Boycott Status Output
Social decision-makers can boycott working for
specific employers, shopping at specific PG or PS estab-
lishments, or using either the bus or rail modes of trans-
portation. A boycott is in effect for an entire round and
is continued until a decision is submitted to stop the boy-
cott. The boycott output has one row per boycott, showing
the social decision-maker boycotting, the class boycotting,
the function boycotted (work, shop, or use), the location
boycotted (0 if the boycott is against working for a govern-
ment department), the land use boycotted (0 if the boycott
is against a government department), and the owner of the
establishment being boycotted (department, and jurisdiction
if the boycott is against a government department).
144
-------
Figure 5.3
TWOCITY
SOCIAL DECISION MAKER GG BOYCOTT STATUS OUTPUT
ROUND ?
TEAM
BOYCOTTING
CLASS OR
LAND USF
FUNCT ION
BOYCOTTED
LOCATION LAND USF OWNFR
GG
HIGH
WORK
SCI
145
-------
F. Economic Decision-Maker Detailed Output
Each of the economic teams receives statistics at the
beginning of every round of play that summarize the cash
flow for the previous year, a balance sheet showing .iet
worth, loans made and received, new construction completed,
boycotts in operation, undeveloped land holdings, and de-
^ii 1 on all of its businesses. The team may use any of its
.^sources to achieve whatever objectives it desires.
1. Financial Summary
a. Cash Flow Statement
A team's cash holdings can be used to pur-
chase additional property, construct any of the types of
economic sector land uses on property that it owns and
which is properly zoned and served with utilities, construct
any level or type of effluent treatment plant at a busi-
ness which it owns, demolish any building it owns, pay off
loansf grant a loan to another team, pay taxes on undevel-
oped land, or spend it in some miscellaneous way (cash
transfer to another team and purchase of national stocks).
Additions to the new balance (i.e., cash)
come from income derived by selling property, receiving
payment from loans, receiving loans, earning net income from
investments (developments and farms) in the local economy,
receiving government subsidies, earning interest on savings,*
and from miscellaneous sources (cash transfers from others
and sale of national stocks).
If the team makes no decisions during a par-
ticular round, it is still charged interest and principal
payments on loans and taxes on undeveloped land. The team
also automatically receives loan payments, interest on
savings, and net income. This latter figure, however, may
be a negative number if the developments of a given team are
doing poor business and their expenses exceed income.
*Interest earned on savings is 2.5 percent. The cal-
culation of interest on savings is:
PCB = previous cash balance
N = total net income from businesses this round
E = total expenditures this round, except expenditures for
business operation, which are already accounted for in N
Interest = .025 (PCB + N - E)
146'
-------
Figure 6.9
TWGCITY
FINANCIAL SUMMARY ECONOMIC OFC.ISIflN MAKER A ROUND ?
******************************************************************
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
PREVIOUS CASH BALANCE
180000000.
EXPENDITURE
PROPERTY PURCHASED
CONSTRUCTION
DEMOLITION
LOAN PAYMENTS
NEW LOANS GRANTED
UNDEV LAND TAXES
MISCELLANEOUS
8080.
256000000.
9599999.
6191512.
0.
6640346.
10000000.
INCOME
PROPERTY SOLD $
LOAN PAYMENTS RECEIVED $
LOANS RECEIVED $
TOTAL NET INCOME $
SUBSIDIES $
INTEREST ON SAVINGS $
MISCELLANEOUS $
97000.
2757808.
0.
53077792-
0.
0.
800080000.
NEW BALANCE
747572736.
CONSERVATIVE INVESTMENTS
INCLUDING A RETURN OF 1
SPECULATIVE INVESTMENTS
INCLUDING A RETURN OF 1
TOTAL ASSETS $
CASH $
LOANS TO OTHERS $
INVESTMENTS IN OUTSIDE $
DEVELOPMENTS $
LAND $
0 .
0.
0.
0.
1488160256.
0.
4990999.
0.
740000000.
4955875 84.
LIABILITIES
NET WORTH
( INDEBTEDNESS)
76074384.
1412085760,
NFW ROR ROWING CAPABILITY FROM OUTS IDF
14453504,
147
-------
b. Investments
The second part of the Financial Summary output
shows investments in the national economy, A team^may in-
vest as much cash as it wishes in either conservative or
speculative national businesses. The national business
cycle generates the year by year rate of return for con-
servative stocks and for speculative stocks. In upswings in
the business cycle, the rate of return on speculative stocks
will always be larger. The range for the rate of return on
conservative stocks is narrow and centers on six percent
whereas for speculative stocks the range is wide and it
centers on about seven percent. In bad years, however, the
return on speculative stocks could be very small or even
negative. The return from national investments is auto-
matically used to purchase additional stock. A team must
"dis-invest" in order to have returns from national invest-
ments show up in the cash account.
c. Balance Sheet
A team's assets are comprised of cash on
hand, loans to others, the value of investments in the
national economy, and the value of developments and land.
Developments are valued at their typical construction costs
times their value ratio divided by 100. Thus, developments
that are not maintained decrease in value over time. Land
is valued at the market value.
A team's liabilities are the sum of the prin-
cipal on all loans from others (indebtedness). Net worth
is the difference between current assets and liabilities.
Teams may borrow up to 80% of their total assets from
national bankers. The amount which a team can borrow from
outside is shown on the last line of this output. There
are no limits on the amount of debt that teams may have
among themselves.
2. Loan Statement
The loans that a team has with national bankers
(outside = OU) and with other teams are shown in the loan
statement. The loans received from other sources are listed
and their annual payments summarized. The loans granted to
other teams are listed after that. Note that the interest
rate may vary by loan.
Loans between teams are made for any amount and
at whatever interest rate is mutually agreeable. The
148
-------
Figure 6.8
TWOCITY
LOAN STATEMENT ECONOMIC DECISION MAKER A
ROUND 2
BORROWER
LENDER
OU
G
INT
RAT
EREST
E
3.5
6.?
REMAINING
YEARS
23
1
ORIGINAL
PRINC IP&L
$ 75000000
$ 3000000
ANNUAL
PAYMENT
, ,5.05,
$ 16409?
TOTAL
6.8
$ 5000000
TOTAL
-------
only conditions on a loan internal to the system is that
the period be specified as either 2 or 25 years, and that
the lending team have sufficient cash to cover the loan.
An economic team may also borrow money from the
outside system for either a 2 or 25 year period. The in-
terest rate is set by the national bankers who take into
consideration the national business cycle. An economic
team that has debts equalling 80% of its total assets may
not receive any further loans from the outside system.
3. Land Summary
The Land Summary output shows the location by
parcel coordinates of all land owned by a team. It also
shows the assessed value of the entire parcel (assuming
that 100% of the parcel is valued in the same proportion
as the private part), the publicly owned part (percent
developed and undeveloped), the undevelopable percent,
the number of units of utility service available to that
parcel, and the actual number of utility units that are
used.
Teams may acquire land from other players at
mutually agreeable terms or from the director on a bid
submission basis. The director represents small farmers
and outside land holders who will sell if the price is right.
The game director controls the sale of Outside-owned land.
The cost of making land bids on Outside-owned
properties is set at some percent of the bid amount, re-
gardless of the bid's success or failure (See Economic
Sector Master Tables).
4. New Construction Table
The new construction output shows for an economic
decision-maker the location at which a new development or
an additional level of development is taking place. It
also shows the type of development,' the old and new level,
the location of 0-0 which denotes an outside system firm, the
contract price, the rent per space unit (if a residence) or
the salary by class (if an employer) , the quality index (if
housing) or the price per CU (if a store), and the contract
status. "Completed" means that the development became oper-
ational at the beginning of the round just completed.
150
-------
Figure 6,7
BLutcITJ
LปNO SUNซ6Rป--ECONOH!C BECU10N M.KtR
*!SESSEO
LOCปTJON VซLUE
ea-2Z
91122
96-2*
91124
100.24
?2.2ซ
IC0.2J
ป01-2j
ป06ซ30
82132
9iป32
68- 3ซ
IOซi3,
4SOIOO
"1800000
2250900
1750000
1730000
1 500QOO
1 500000
250000
750000
900QQO
1830000
1050000
400000
PRlvdTELY OHNCO
TปX.S ON
UNDEVELOPED UNOEV. UNO
ซa jJaoO
ซ1
54
0
'H
5*
34
lOo
a,
'i
54
0
|0o
itnoO
tOilOO
0
ioซot>
3}400
jUoO
10000
25?00
3tซ0ฐ
ป0ซoO
0
14000
e
PUBLiCLr ORNCt
IDCVCLOPCD SyNOH
a
20
20
4a
32
20
14
0
14
14
21
4*1
0
(LOPce '^Nl
1
;
0
e
0
12
0
0
D
0
0
0
0
>evet,OfปBiE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
D
0
0
0
0
UTILITY
CปPปC1TY
0
100
100
100
100
300
100
100
100
0
200
100
0
XOUNO !
CปPปCITY
USED
0
4
S2
a
32
77
14
0
0
0
71
12
0
-------
Figure 6.6
b A H H L L OUTPUT
Tfeซซ E( ROUND 3
MbNT/PLl ปU*l.jrf INDEX
kซnu ,,Uu Nts CUNSTHUCT1M .U.httO OK OR
t.vh.Hliuli ust LtVbL UtvtU LOCATION PMit-E WtAKIES PMICE/CU STATUS
iuu-Ju KA a <4 U- 8 ป 19^UOVซI S,tfs6ซ08 ซ9 COftPLETEO
-------
5. Economic Boycott
Economic teams may boycott.the purchase of goods
or services from local BG, BS, PG, and/or PS establishments,
and their businesses can be boycotted by the social sector
as a place to work or shop. Boycotts have effect for the
full round, and they continue in operation for succeeding
rounds unless terminated by a decision input on the part of
Uie boycotting team. The boycott output shows the team
boycotting, the income class or land use that is carrying
out the boycott, and the function being boycotted (work
or shop). The boycott output also shows the location and
land use being boycotted, and the team owning the boycotted
business
Thus, boycott information appears as part of an
economic decision-maker's output if he is boycotting and/or
if he is being boycotted.
60 Farm Output
The farm output shows for each farm the farm code
number, the type of farm, the number of parcels comprising
the farm, the total number of percents of parcels comprising
the farm, the farm's fertilizer level, the normal income
per 1% of that farm (at fertilizer level zero and before
local property taxes are deducted), the multiplier on normal
income for each of the three other possible fertilizer
levels, the actual income per 1% of that farm (before taxes),
the total local property tax paid, and the total net income
earned from the farm.
An economic decision-maker can make two types of
decisions regarding farms: 1) set the fertilizer level at
each farm; and 2) sell land on farm parcels. The higher
the fertilizer level at a farm, the higher the actual net
income before taxes and the greater the amount of pollution
in the farm's runoff. A farm owner can either sell all of
the farmland on a farm parcel to another economic decision-
maker (in which case the parcel ceases to be classified as
a farm) or sell part of the parcel to a government depart-
ment .
The farm code number and farm type are fixed at the
beginning of a game. They cannot be changed. The number
of parcels and percents of parcels comprising a farm can be
decreased but not increased by the farm owner. The normal
income before taxes per 1% of a farm is also fixed at the
start of a game. That income is multiplied by the multiplier
153
-------
Figure 6.5
*** * ********** ************************************* *********:(:
TwnCITY
ECONOMIC DFCISION MAKER A BOYCOTT STATUS OUTPUT ROUND ?
**********************************************************
BOYCOTTING
TFAM
CLASS OR
LAND USE
FUNCTION
BOYCOTTED
LOCATION LAND USE OWNER
A
A
MF
FO
SHOP
SHOP
9830
9830
BG
BG
C
C
154
-------
Ln
on
Figure 6.1
TWOCITY
ECONOMIC DECISION-MAKER A
FARM OUTPUT
ROUND 2
f ARM
CODE FARM
NUMBER TYPE
I Fl
2 F2
3 F3
NUMBER NUMBER
OF OF FERTILIZER
PARCELS PERCENT? LEVEL
6
6
3
504 3
564 " 1
300 3
NORMAL INCOME
BEFORE TAXES
(PER 1% UNIT)
1000
1000
1000
INCOME
FERTIL
1
1.07
1.08
1.05
MULTIPLIER ACTUAL INCOME
IZER LEVEL: BEFORE TAXES
2 3 (PER It UNIT)
1.12
1.16
I .09
1.20
1.25
1.15
1199
1079
1149
TOTAL LAND TOTAL
TAX PAID NET INCOME
12094
121B?
6S98
592705
596937
33P101
-------
associated with the farm's fertilizer level to yield the
actual income before taxes. The assessed value of farm
parcels and property tax rates are set by the local govern-
ment. The actual income before taxes is multiplied by the
number of percents in the farm and the total land tax paid
is subtracted from that result to yield the total net income.
7. Residence Detail
The Residence Output shows the location, type and
level of each residential complex owned by a team. All
residences in the model are described as rental units,
although the rent on single family housing could be viewed
as a form of mortgage payment. Although the construction
and operation of housing is a player decision, the process
that moves population units into housing is performed by
the computer and is affected by player decisions in the eco-
nomic and governmental sectors.
The economic decision-maker directly controls the
rent of housing and its quality index (by changing the main-
tenance level). Government decision-makers affect the quality
of municipal services and schools serving each residence and
the tax rate and welfare rate for the jurisdiction containing
each residence. Both government and economic decision-makers
affect the water quality on a parcel. All of these factors
are taken into consideration by the computer when assigning
population units to available housing.
a. The Quality Index and Maintenance Level
The quality index of a residence is a measure
of the present value of a development to the best possible
value which a residence can have. The Social Sector Master
Table shows that PH's require a quality index of at least 70,
PM's a value of 40, and PL's a value of 20. This does not
mean, however, that all Pi's of a given class automatically
move out of housing when the quality index falls below the
minimum value. They just won't move in, and they tend to
move out because of increased dissatisfaction.
The quality index declines each year in response
to time, the quality of local municipal services, increased
fire damage due to insufficient water supply, and damage
due to floods, unless maintenance is performed on the residence,
The maintenance level indicates the lowest level the owner
of the residence will allow the quality index to fall before
incurring maintenance expenses. The quality index can be
raised above its present level by the player inputting a main-
156
-------
Figure 6.2
******************************************************************
TWOCITY
ECONOMIC DECISION MAKER F RESIDENCE OUTPUT ROUND 2
*********** ****************************fr**************************
LOCATION
TYPE AND LEVEL
QUALITY INDEX
MAINTENANCE LEVEL
MS niSTRICT
UTILITY DISTRICT
DEPRECIATION (%)
MS
FIRE
FLOOD
WATER CONSUMPTION (MGD)
MUNICIPAL
OUTSIDE
OCCUPANTS
PERCENT OCCUPANCY
RENT/SPACE UNIT
INCOME
RENT
EXPENDITURES
MAINTENANCE
UTILITIES
WATER
PROPERTY TAXES
INCOME TAXES
SALES TAXES
NET INCOME
RATE OF RETURN
ENVIRONMENTAL INDEXES
LOW INCOME
MIDDLE INCOME
HIGH INCOME
9232
RC 1
ao
ao
1
1
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.96
0.0
8M 12H
69
153000
5304000
1238000
1134900
155520
512244
R75000
54010
1334326
5.93
332
306
310
8634
RA 4
75
75
1
1
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.39
0.0
1M 4H
117
154000
1437333
118ROO
155200
34330
74368
309750
5186
739649
21. 13
268
246
248
157
-------
tenance level that is higher than the quality index. The
quality index may not be raised more than 20 points above
the lowest level it has ever reached.
b. MS District
As was mentioned above, the quality of the
municipal services (as measured by the MS use index) serving
a residence has an effect on the attractiveness of that resi-
dence to potential occupants and on the rate of depreciation
(decline in quality index) for that residence. The residence
output shows the code number of the municipal service unit
that serves each residence. The use index of each MS dis-
trict is shown on the Municipal Services Report and on the
Municipal Services Map. An MS use index value of 101 or
more indicates overcapacity and means that the municipal
services supplied are less than adequate. As the MS use
index increases above 101, the residences served by that MS
building become less and less attractive to Pi's and the
residences also depreciate at a faster and faster rate. For
example, a use index of 150 is twice as bad as a use index
of 125 and five times as bad as a use index of 110.
c. Utility District
Utility districts provide water and sewer
services in addition to other utilities. If a district pro-
vides an insufficient amount of water for its users' -needs,
the fire protection afforded those users is inadequate. That
inadequacy is reflected in an increased depreciation for all
economic activities in the district. A water shortage can
occur for any of the following reasons: 1) the intake water
quality is 9 and therefore untreatable; 2) there is insufficient
water for all of the users' needs; or 3) the district's intake
treatment plant has the capacity to treat less water than
its users need.
The residence output shows the code number of
the utility district serving each residence parcel.
d. Depreciation
A residence has a normal annual depreciation,
depending on its type (see Master Tables for depreciation
rates). As mentioned above, it can also depreciate due to
inadequate municipal services and/or inadequate fire pro-
tection. Another factor in depreciation is flooding. The
director specifies when floods occur and a general degree
of flooding. The degree of damage to the economic activity
on a particular parcel is influenced by three additional -
factors: 1) the type of activity; 2) the river basin dam
158
-------
priorities; and 3) the likelihood of the parcel being affected
by a flood. This last factor is called the parcel's flood
susceptibility and can be found on the River Basin Flood
Plain Map. A parcel having zero flood susceptibility is
never affected by floods; a parcel having a susceptibility
of three is among the most affected parcels. The parameters
for the other factors in depreciation can be found on the
Master Tables.
The amount of depreciation due to MS, fire,
and flood is printed in percent of the activity's original
value, assumed to be 100%.
e. Water Consumption
A residence normally receives all of its
required water from a municipal source (its utility district).
However, there are two exceptions: 1) when the utility dis-
trict provides insufficient water for its users' needs (see
a. above); and 2) when a residence is served by private util-
ities. Type RA residences can be constructed without having
utility service. It is assumed that they have wells and
septic tanks. They do pay an expense for water, but that
amount is paid to the Outside and is lower than the normal
Outside price for water. A residence supplied by a municipal
water source receives water from Outside only when the local
supply is inadequate. When such occurs, each residence
receives an amount of water proportionate to its needs. For
example if the needs of all of the water users in a utility
totaled to 24 MGD and the district was only able to supply
16 MGD (67%) , a residence needing 3 MGD would receive 2 MGD
from the district (67%).
The amount of water required by a residence
is a function of the residence type and class of occupants.
In general, a high-income Pi uses more water than a low-
income PI, and an RA dweller uses more water than an RC
dweller. See the Master Tables for specific water require-
ments by class and residence type.
The residence output shows the amount of water
obtained from municipal and Outside sources.
f. Occupants, Percent Occupancy, and Rent/Space Unit
The residence output shows the number of Pi's
of each class that occupy every residence. PR's and PL's
may never live together on the same residence parcel. The
percent of occupancy is determined by taking the number of
Pi's by class, multiplying times their residence space
consumption index (Social Sector Master Table), and taking
this as a ratio of the total space units in the residence.
159
-------
For example, assume an RA3 has one PH and two PM's occupy-
ing it. The PR has a space consumption index of 2 and the
two PH's together a space consumption index of 2,66 (2 x 1.33),
Thus, there are 4.66 space units being occupied from an RA3
that has 6,00 space units of capacity. The occupancy rate
is therefore 4.66/6 = .78, or the building is 78 percent
occupied.
Rents are always specified in terms of the rent
paid per space unit. A PM pays 1.33 times the per space unit
rent, and a PH pays twice as much.
g. Income
The income earned by a residential unit is
equal to the rent per space unit times the total number of
space units occupied. In the above example, 4.66 space units
were occupied; therefore, at a rent of $150,000 per space
unit the rental income would be $699,000.
Income earned from a residence is independent
of which classes occupy it; income is directly related to
the percent which a residence is occupied and the rent being
charged. The following example illustrates that point.
Income Earned from Housing Occupied by the Three Income Classes
Assume: Housing is an RA2
Rent specified is $150,000/space unit
Relative
Space
Units
Class Consumed
PH
PM
PL
1.0
1.5
2.0
Number of
Pi's Occu-
pying an
RA2 (2X
Relative
Space Units
2
3
4
Rent
Paid
Relative
2.00
1.33
1.00
Rent Paid
Factor
(Pi's x
Rent Paid
Relative)
4
4
4
Rent Paid
(Rent Paid
Factor x
Rent Charges)
$600,000
$600,000
$600,000
h. Expenditures
The owners of residences incur expenditures for
maintenance, utilities, water, property taxes, income taxes,
and sales taxes. A residence's maintenance expenditure is
the sum of its expenditures for personal goods and personal
services. The number of consumption units required for
maintenance is a function of the total percent depreciation,
the level of the residence, and the number of PG and PS
units_required for each percent depreciation. The number
of units of PG and PS required for each percent depreciaiton
is given on the Master Tables. The normal percent depreciation
160
-------
is also on the Waster Tables, and depreciation due to other
factors is on the residence output. Suppose that the RA3
mentioned above has a normal depreciation of 1% and has 2.5%
more depreciation due to the other factors. Total deprecia-
tion: 3.5%. Suppose also that RA requires .7 PG units and
.3 PS units per 1% depreciation. Assume that the residence
owner has set a maintenance level which offsets that depre-
ciation. The residence's PG consumption is:3.5x.7x3=
7.35, or 7 PG units. Its PS consumption is: 3.5 x .3 x 3 =
3.15, or 3 PS units. The actual price paid per consumption
unit depends on where the residence purchases PG and PS.
That can be determined by examining the Commercial Detail
Output.
The expenditure for utilities depends upon
the number of utility units consumed by type and level of
residence (see the Economic Master Table) and the cost per
unit of utility service as established by the Utility Depart-
ment. If the cost of utility service were $10,000 per unit,
and an RA3 consumed 12 units per year, its utility cost would
be $120,000.
Although Pi's consume water, residence owners
pay for the water. Local water prices per million gallons
consumed in a year are set by the Utility Department for
each economic activity. The prices for residences are set
by class and by residence type. The residence owner pays
the local price for that amount of water which is obtained
from the Utility Department and pays the Outside price for
the amount not supplied by the Utility Department (see Master
Tables for Outside prices).
The pricing is relatively straightforward.
For example, suppose an RA3 houses 2 PH and 1PM. Assume the
Master Table shows that, in RA housing, a PH requires .08 MGD
and consumes 29 MG in a year, and a PM requires .07 MGD and
consumes 25 MG in a year. Suppose the total amount of water
required by the water users in the utility district is 24
MGD but the district can supply only 16 MGD (67%). The
residence output would show .15 MGD obtained from the muni-
cipal source (16/24 x (.08 + .08 + -.07)) and .08MGD from
Outside (.08 + .08 + .07 - .15). The total amount obtained
from both sources equals the total amount required by the
residence.
Whereas the daily requirement is used for
determining local water sufficiency, the billing is done on
an annual basis in proportion to the amount obtained'from
each source daily. Suppose the local price per MG for PH
in RA is $350. Let the Outside price, which is always the
same for all water users, be $700 per MG. Then the residence
161
-------
ซ
owner's water expenditure for Outside water is;
8/24 x C29 + 29 +25) x $700 = 19,366
The proportion purchased daily from outside is multiplied by
the total annual requirement and the Outside cost per MG.
The Owner's payment to the local Utility Departm-. nt is:
16/24 x (29 + 29} x $450 + 16/24 x 25 x $350 =
$8700 + 5833 = $14,533
Residences pay property tax on the assessed
value of the building and the land occupied by the building.
The Assessment Department has control over land and building
assessments and the Chairman and Council have control over
the tax rates which are applied to the assessed value.
Residences pay income taxes on the same basis
as all other economic businesses . a state tax of 5% on net
income and a federal tax of 22% on the first $25,000 of net
income before taxes and of 48% on the rest of net income ^
and after state income taxes.
Residences pay sales taxes on the purchases
from PG and PS for maintenance. The fixed state sales tax
is 3% of PG and PS purchases and the local sales tax is
whatever rate has been determined by the local sales tax
authorities. Sales taxes accrue to the jurisdiction of the
commercial establishment and not to the jurisdiction of the
residence, State sales taxes are paid on purchases from
the outside system as well as on local purchases.
i. Net Income
The final net income for residences is deter-
mined by subtracting all of the listed expenditures from the
income derived through rents.
j. Rate of Return
The rate of return is printed for each business
as a percent, expressing the ratio of the business"s net
income to its current value. Current value is the original
value of the building times its value ratio (or quality index,
in the case of a residence) divided by 100, plus the market
value of the land consumed by the building.
k. Environmental Indexes
Residences are filled by Pi's in the order of
lowest environmental indexes first. The characteristics
which contribute to a parcel's environmental index are:
quality of the school serving the parcel, quality of the MS
162
-------
serving the parcel, residence quality, residence rent, local
tax rates, local welfare payments, and the parcel's pollution
index. Some of these factors are weighted differently by
each class, so there is one index for each class for each
parcel. The lower a parcel's environmental index for a class
in relation to other parcels' environmental indexes for the
class, the more desirable the parcel to migrating population
units.
For the exact value of each factor in a par-
cel's environmental indexes, see the section of the migration
output entitled "Environmental Indexes".
16o
-------
8. Basic Industry Detailed Output
The basic industry output shows the location and
type of each basic industry owned by a team. A basic indus-
try produces units of output that are sold at national mar-
kets and at per unit prices that are determined by the computer-
generated national business cycle. Owners of basic industry
should consult the section of the Demographic and Economic
Statistics that shows the status of the national business
cycle.
a. Constructed Level and Operating Level
Of all businesses represented in the model,
basic industries alone may decrease their level of operations
without demolishing a portion of their buildings. An indus-
try's constructed level is the maximum level at which it may
operate. It is effectively a physical restriction on the
amount which can be produced. The operating level is the
current level at which it is specified to function. The con-
structed level is considered only when land consumption,
maintenance and taxes on the development are calculated. For
all other purposes, a business"s operating level is the only
level considered.
b. Value Ratio and Maintenance Level
The quality of plant and equipment for busi-
nesses is represented by the value ratio. The value ratio is
the ratio of present value to original value. Business facil-
ities depreciate every year in response to time ("normal"
depreciation), MS service quality, adequacy of local water for
fire protection, and occasionally, floods. The Economic Mas-
ter Table shows the annual percent depreciation caused by
time, MS quality, and water supply for fire protection. Bus-
inesses may overcome this depreciation effect by setting their
maintenance levels at points below which they do not want the
value ratios to fall. For example, if a maintenance level is
set at 100, then that business will make maintenance expendi-
tures every year to keep the building in "like new" shape.
The value ratio of a business may be raised above its present
value (if less than 100) by inputting a maintenance level
that is higher than the value ratio.'
c. MS District
The value ratio of basic industry is lowered
by poor municipal services as measured by an MS use index in
excess of 100. Basic industry output shows the code number
of the municipal service unit which serves the basic industry.
MS use indexes are shown on the Municipal Services Department
164
-------
Figure 6.3
TWnCITY
ECONOMIC DECISION U(\KFR A
ซ**:<<****:******
BASIC INDUSTRY OUTPIJT
LOCATION 963?
CONSTRUCTED LEVEL MP 1
OPERATIC LEVEL MP 1
VALUE RATIO 100
MAINTENANCE LEVEL 100
MS DISTRICT 0
UTILITY DISTRICT 2
DEPRECIATION (%)
MS 2.9
FIRE 3.3
FLOOD 0.0
WATER QUALITY 0.0
WATER CONSUMPTION (MGO)
NORMAL SOURCE 2?5.00
OUTSIDE 0.0
PERCENT WATER RECYCLED 0
EFFLUENT TREATMENT
TYPE AND LEVEL ST 1
SALARY (PER WORKER IN 100'S
HIGH 110
MIDDLE 43
LOW 29
EMPLOYEES
FULL TIME (IN PI'S)
HIGH 19
MIDDLE 18
LOW 18
PART TIME
-------
Report and on the Municipal Services Map. The contribution of
the MS use index to value ratio decline is directly proportional
to the amount by which the use index exceeds 100. For example,
a use index of 150 has double the effect of a use index of
125 and five times the effect of a use index of 110.
d. Utility District
Utility districts provide water and sewer
services in addition to other utilities. If a district pro-
vides an insufficient amount of water for its users' needs,
the fire protection afforded those users is inadequate. That
inadequacy is reflected in an increased depreciation for all
economic activities in the district. A water shortage can
occur for any of the following reasons: 1) the intake water
quality is 9 and therefore untreatable; 2) there is insuffi-
cient water for all of the users' needs; or 3) the district's
intake treatment plant has the capacity to treat less water
than its users need.
e. Depreciation
A basic industry has a normal annual deprecia-
tion, depending on its type (see Master Tables for deprecia-
tion rates). It can also depreciate due to inadequate muni-
cipal services and/or inadequate fire protection. Another
factor in depreciation is flooding. The director specifies
when floods occur and a general degree of flooding. The
degree of damage to the economic activity on a particular
parcel is influenced by three additional factors: 1) the
type of activity; 2) the river basin dam priorities; and 3)
the likelihood of the parcel being affected by a flood. This
last factor is called the parcel's flood susceptibility and
can be found on the River Basin Flood Plain Map. A parcel
having zero flood susceptibility is never affected by floods;
a parcel having a susceptibility of three is among the most
affected parcels. The parameters for the other factors in
depreciation can be found on the Master Tables. The amount of
depreciation due to MS, fire, and flood is printed in percent
of the activity's original value, assumed to be 100%.
Basic industries which use surface water have
an additional factor in depreciation: intake water quality.
The maximum depreciation due to intake water quality is 1%,
for water quality' 9. The depreciation decreases as the water
quality rating decreases, and there is no depreciation for
quality 1 water.
f. Water Consumption and Recycling
Industries that use municipally-supplied water
normally receive all of their required water from a local
166
-------
municipal source (the one within tKeir utility district).
However, there is one exception: when the utility district
provides insufficient water for all of its users' needs. An
industry supplied by a municipal water source receives water
from Outside only when the local supply is inadequate. When
such occurs, each industry receives an amount of water propor-
tionate to its needs. For example if the needs of all of the
water users in a utility totaled to 24 MGD and the district
was only able to supply 16 MGD (67%), an industry needing 12
MGD would receive 8 MGD from the district (67% of its needs).
The only businesses which do not use municipal
water are those basic industries which use 'surface water
directly. There are two cases in which such a businesis would
not obtain all of its water requirement from the surface water:
1) the total amount attempted removed from the surface water
by itself and municipal intake points on its parcel was greater
than the amount of surface water on the p-arcel; or 2) the
surface water quality was 9. In the first case, the business
would receive an amount of the surface water proportionate
to its requirement. In the second case, the industry would
purchase all of its water requirement from the Outside.
Basic industries which use surface water can
recycle up to 100% of their water. At a recycling level of
100% an industry requires half as much water as normal and
has half as much effluent, although the amount of pollution
in the effluent does not change.
g. Effluent Treatment
A basic industry which uses surface water can
treat its effluent. A treatment plant can be one of four
types: chlorination (CL), primary treatment (PT), secondary
treatment (ST), or tertiary treatment (TT). Each of the four
types removes a percent of each pollutant, chlorination remov-
ing the least and tertiary the most. A treatment plant has a
fixed capacity which is a function of its level. Each level
of a business's effluent treatment plant has the capacity to
treat the effluent generated by one level of the business at
a recycling level of zero. For example, a level two treat-
ment plant can treat all of the effluent generated by a bus-
iness operating at a level two with no recycling. The plant
could handle all of the effluent of a business operating at a '
level four if it had 100% recycling. Any effluent in excess
of treatment plant capacity is dumped untreated into the
surface water.
h. Salary
All industries must hire employees in terms of
whole population units in order to operate and earn income.
167
-------
Employees' salaries are expressed in terms of wage per worker
and not per Pi. Since the number of population units actually
hired by an employer is determined by the employment process
which takes into account location, transportation, educational
level of workers, salary offered and supply of and demand for
workers, it is important that employers take into considera-
tion the local labor market situation when setting salary
levels.
i. Employees and Employment Effect
The number of population units required for a
level one development of all businesses is shown in the Eco-
nomic Master Table. The number actually hired is shown on
the detail business output. Full-time employees are shown
in population units (Pi's) and part-time employees are shown
in time units, where 80 time units is equivalent to a full-time
job in terms of income earned for a PI.
If a basic industry hires all of the employees
it requires, the employment effect is 1000 per level of
development. A value of less than 1000 means that either
some of the full or some of the part-time employees required
from some income class were not hired. It is useful to check
the Employment Summary and the Part-time Employment Statistics
if deficiency of employees exists. If a basic industry at
level one hires only 80 percent of the Pi's it requires,
then the employment effect is 800 (i.e., 1000 x .80).
j. Units Produced
The maximum units produced by a basic industry
is 1000 per level. If the employment effect is less than
1000 and/or if the value ratio is less than 100 then the units
produced will not be at a maximum. The units produced figure
is obtained by multiplying the employment effect by the value
ratio divided by 100. Thus, if the employment effect were 800
and the value ratio were 90, then the units produced would be
720 (i.e., 800 x .90).
k. Price Per Unit of Output and Income
The price per unit of output for basic indus-
try is determined by the national business cycle price rela-
tive and the normal price per unit for the industry type.
The actual price per unit of output is the normal price multi-
plied by the business cycle price relative. Income is the
product of the price per unit and the units produced. All
sales of basic industry output are to the national system.
All output is sold and no inventories are accumulated.
168
-------
1. Expenditures
Basic industry incurs expenses for business
goods and business services. A fixed amount of BG and BS
units are purchased by basic industry by type and level for
normal operation. Basic industry also purchases BG and BS
units in direct proportion to the amount of maintenance per-
formed, and these expenditures are listed separately under
the maintenance category.
The expenditure for utilities depends upon the
number of utility units consumed by basic industry by type
and level (see the Economic Master Table) and price per
utility unit being charged by the Utility Department.
There are four types of basic industry expen-
ditures related to water: recycling, intake treatment, out-
flow treatment, and payment for municipal (or Outside) water.
A basic industry which uses municipal water can have only the
last of the four expenditures. Local water prices per million
gallons consumed in a year are set by the Utility Department
for each economic activity. The prices for industries may be
set by type. The industry pays the local price for that
amount of water which is obtained from the Utility Department
and pays the Outside price for the amount not supplied by the
Utility Department (see Master Tables for Outside prices) .
The pricing is relatively straightforward.
For example, suppose an industry consumes 10 MG per day and
2500 MG per year. Suppose the total amount of water required
by the water users in its utility district is 24 MGD but the
district can supply only 16 MGD (67%) . The industry output
would show 6.7 MGD obtained from the municipal source and
3.3 MGD from the Outside. The total amount obtained from
both sources equals the total daily amount required by the
industry (10 MGD) .
Whereas the daily requirement is used for
determining local water sufficiency, the billing is done on
an annual basis in proportion to the amount obtained from
each source daily- Suppose the local price per MG for the
industry is $300. Let the Outside price, which is always the
same for all water users, be $700 per MG . Then the industry's
water expenditure for Outside water is: $700 x 3.3 x 250 =
$577,500. The proportion purchased daily from Outside is
multiplied by the total annual requirement and the Outside
cost per
The industry's payment to the local Utility
Department is: $300 x 6.7 x 250 = $502,500.
169
-------
A basic industry which, uses surface water can
incur all four types of expenditures. . Recycling and outflow
treatment costs are direct functions of the business owner's
decisions. The owner can set a recycling level of 0 to 100.
A business at 100% recycling requires, half as much water as
a business at recycling level zero. Likewise, it has half as
much effluent. The cost to recycle a'million gallons of
water is given on the Master Table. Suppose a TA required
17 MGD and 4420 MGY for a level one without recycling. Suppose
a TA2 has a recycle level of 60%, and the cost to recycle is
$200 per million gallons. The TA's annual volume of recycling
would be: 4420 MGD x 2 x (100-60)/200 = 1768 MG. The cost
for recycling would be: $200/MG x 1768 MG = $353,600.
The business owner also decides what type and
level of effluent treatment, if any, the business has. The
operating cost of an effluent treatment plant varies by type
of treatment and number of MG's treated in a year. Suppose
the TA cited above had an STl effluent treatment plant and
the treatment cost per MG for ST was $200. Since the STl can
treat only the equivalent of the outflow from a level one
business, its capacity would be 4420 MG in a year. The busi-
ness has 7072 MG of effluent (4420 x 2 - 1768). It pays
$200 x 4420, or $884,000 for effluent treatment. 2652 MG are
dumped untreated.
Expenditures for intake treatment and Outside
water (listed under MUNICIPAL SUPPLY) are automatically billed
to the business. A business does not construct an intake
treatment plant; it is assumed to treat all of its required
water to a usable condition. Intake treatment costs are a
function of the intake water quality, the type of business,
the volume of water consumed. If the intake water quality of
the TA cited above were 3, and if the cost to a TA to treat
water quality 3 were $80 per MG, the TA's intake treatment
cost would be: (4420 MG x 2 - 1768 MG) x $80/MG = $565,760.
There is no cost to treat water purchased from
the Outside. If part of a business's water were obtained from
the surface water and, due to a shortage of surface water,
part were obtained from the Outside, then the business would
have expenditures for both intake treatment and Outside supply.
If the surface water quality were 9. the business would have
only the latter expenditure.
Basic industry pays transportation to BG and BS
if the industry purchases these from the local system. The
transportation charges are based on the type and level of
industry and the least cost distances along the various types
of roads. All basic industries except NS also incur transpor-
tation costs to the terminal which represents the cost of
shipping the units produced to national markets. The trans-
170
-------
portation costs to BG, BS and the terminal are independent of
the number of units purchased or produced. The costs are
solely a function of type of industry, level, distance travel-
led to destination and type of roads. Regardless of the dis-
tance travelled, an industry pays a base cost to travel to
each of the three types of destinations. The total transpor-
tation cost (c) to a single destination is:
C = (U x B) + IU x B x L x (4 x T - R) ]
where U is the number of units consumed
and B is the base cost per unit consumed
and L is the length of a parcel side in miles
and T is the number of parcel sides traversed along
the least cost route between origin and destination
and R is the sum of the road types traversed along
parcel sides on the least cost route
.U x B is the base cost which the industry must pay.
.Suppose that the Master Table showed that a CR1 consumes
3000 terminal units and has a base cost of $500 per terminal
unit consumed. Suppose also that there is only one terminal
and a CR2 has no options on ways to travel: it must go four
parcels on a type 2 road and two parcels on a type 3 road.
Suppose that in the simulated region a parcel side is 2.5
miles long.
U = 3000 times 2, or 6000 terminal units consumed
B = $500
L = 2.5
T = 6, since six parcels are traversed
R = 14, for four parcels on type 2 and two parcels on
type 3 (4x2+2x3= 14)
The total transportation cost to terminal for the CR is:
6000 x $500 + 6000 x $500 x 2.5 x (4x6- 14) =
$3,000,000 + $75,000,000 = $78,000,000
Salary costs by class are determined by multi-
plying the salary per worker times the number of workers per
PI times the number of Pi's hired.
Businesses pay property tax on the assessed
value of the development and the land occupied by the devel-
opment. The Assessment Department assesses the value of
land and developments and the Chairman and Council determine
the tax rates to be applied to the assessed values of develop-
ments and of land.
Businesses pay income taxes to the Federal and
State governments using the rates shown in the Master Table.
171
-------
Businesses pay sales, taxes on the purchases
from BG and BS. There is a fixed state sales tax of 3%. State
sales taxes are paid on purchases from the Outside system as
well as on local purchases.
m. Net Income and Rate of Return
Basic industry net income is obtained by sub-
tracting all of the above expenditures from the gross income.
The rate of return is printed for each business
as a percent, expressing the ratio of the business's net
income to its current value. Current value is the original
value of the building times its value ratio divided by 100,
plus the market value of the land consumed by the building.
172
-------
9. Commercial Establishment Detail
The computer output for commercial establishments
is slightly different for business commercial (BG and BS)
and for personal commercial (PG and PS). The major differ-
ence is that BG and BS always purchase their needed supplies
from the outside system, whereas PG and PS are able to pur-
chase their goods and services from local BG and BS establish-
ments. The commercial output shows the location, type and
level of development.
a. Value Ratio and Maintenance Level
The quality of plant and equipment for commer-
cial establishments is represented by the value ratio. The
value ratio is the ratio of present value to original value.
Commercial establishments depreciate every year in response
to time ("normal" depreciation), MS service quality, use by
customers, adequacy of local water for fire protection, and
occasionally floods. The Commercial Master Table shows the
annual percent depreciation caused by time, MS quality, use,
and water supply for fire protection. Businesses may over-
come this depreciation effect by setting their maintenance
levels at points below which they do not want the value ratios
to fall. For example, if a maintenance level is set at 100,
then that business will make maintenance expenditures every
year to keep the building in "like new" shape. The value
ratio of a business may be raised above its present value
(if less than 100) by inputting a maintenance level that is
higher than the value ratio.
b. MS District
The value ratio for commercial establishments
is lowered by poor municipal services as measured by an MS
use index in excess of 100. The computer output for commer-
cial establishments shows the code number of the municipal
service unit which serves the basic industry. MS use indexes
are shown on the Municipal Services Department Report and
on the Municipal Services Map. The contribution of the MS
use index to value ratio decline is directly proportional to
the amount by which the use index exceeds 100. For example,
a use index of 150 has double the effect of a use index of
125 and five times the effect of a use index of 110.
c. Utility District
Utility districts provide water and sewer
services in addition to other utilities. If a district pro-
vides an insufficient amount of water for its users' needs,
the fire protection afforded those users is inadequate. That
173
-------
Figure 6.4
rwnciTY
ECONOMIC DECISION MAKFR F COMMERCIAL OUTPUT ROUND 2
************************************************
9230
PG 1
90
90
1
1
2.6
0.0
0.0
0.8
0.23
0.0
100
50
25
LOCATION
TYPE AND LFVEL
VALUE PATIO
MAINTENANCE LFVEL
MS DISTRICT
UTILITY DISTRICT
DEPRECIATION IS)
MS
FIRE
FLOOD
USE
HATER CONSUMPTION (MGO)
MUNICIPAL
OUTSIDE
SALARY (PER WORKER IN 100'S)
HIGH
MIDDLE
LOW
EMPLOYEES
FULL TIME ( IN PI'S)
HIGH
MIDDLE
LOW
PART TIME ( IN UNITS)
HIGH
MIDDLE
LOW
EMPLOYMENT EFFECT
CAPACITY USED
EFFECTIVE CAPACITY
PRICE/CU
13
18
0
80
160
14609
13822
13148
10000
INCOME
SALES? PPIVATE)
138220000
EXPENDITURES
GOODS
SERVICES
MAINTENANCE
UTILITIES
WATER
TRANSPORTATION
SALARIES
PROPERTY TAXES
SALES TAXFS
INCOME TAXES
NET INCOME
PATE OF RETURN
66430000
23500000
1800000
960300
32085
7?0000
30ROOOOO
102?508
2751900
2738750
749654?
27.76
174
-------
inadequacy is reflected in an increased depreciation for a-
economic activities in the district. A water shortage can
occur for any of the following reasons: 1) the intake water
quality is 9 and therefore untreatable; 2) there is insuffi-
cient water for all of the users' needs; or 3) the district's
intake treatment plant has the capacity to treat lesc water
than its users need.
d. Depreciation
A commercial establishment has a normal annual
depreciation, depending on its type (see Master Tables for
depreciation rates). It can also depreciate due to inade-
quate municipal services, use in excess of its effective
capacity, and/or inadequate fire protection. Another factor
in depreciation is flooding. The director specifies when
floods occur and a general degree of flooding. The degree
of damage to the economic activity on a particular parcel is
influenced by three additional factors: 1) the type of acti-
vity; 2) the river basin dam priorities; and 3) the likelihood
of the parcel being affected by a flood. This last factor
is called the parcel's flood susceptibility and can be found
on the River Basin Flood Plain Map. A parcel having zero
flood susceptibility is never affected by floods; a parcel
having a susceptibility of three is among the most affected
parcels. The parameters for the other factors in depreciation
for commercial establishments can be found on the Commercial
Master Tables. The amount of depreciation due to MS, fire,
flood, and use is printed in percent of the activity's ori-
ginal value, assumed to be 100%.
e. Water Consumption
Commercial establishments use municipally-
supplied water and they normally receive all of their required
water from a local municipal source (the one within their
utility district). However, there is one exception: when
the utility district provides insufficient water for all of
its users' needs. A commercial establishment supplied by a
municipal water source receives water from Outside only when
the local supply is inadequate. When such occurs, each
business receives an amount of water proportionate to its
needs. For example if the needs of all of the water users
in a utility totaled to 24 MGD and the district was only
able to supply 16 MGD (67%), a business needing 3 MGD would
receive 2 MGD from the district (67% of its needs).
f. Salary
All businesses must hire employees in terms of
whole population units in order to operate and produce shopping
175
-------
capacity. Employees' salaries are expressed in terms of wage
per worker and not per Pi. Since the number of population
units actually hired by an employer is determined by the
employment process which takes into account location, trans-
portation, educational level of workers, salary offered and
supply of and demand for workers, it is important that
employers take into consideration the local labor market
situation when setting salary levels.
. g. Employees and Employment Effect *
The number of population units required for a
level one development of all commercial establishments is
shown in the Commercial Master Table. The number actually
hired by a commercial establishment is shown on the detailed
computer output. Full-time employees are shown in population
units (Pi's) and part-time employees are shown in time units,
where 80 time units is equivalent to a full-time job in terms
of income earned for a PI.
If a commercial establishment hires all of the
employees it requires, the employment effect is equal to the
design capacity shown in the Commercial Master Table. A
value of less than this design capacity means that either some
of the full or some of the part-time employees required from
some income class were not hired. It is useful to check the
Employment Summary and the Part-time Employment Statistics
if deficiency of employees exists. If a commercial establish-
ment at a development level of one hires only 80 percent of
the Pi's it requires, then the employment effect is 80 per-
cent of the design capacity.
h. Capacity Used and Effective Capacity
The effective capacity is calculated for com-
mercial establishments by multiplying the employment effect
times the value ratio divided by 100. The effective capacity
indicates the number of capacity units (CD's) that the com-
mercial establishment can supply to its customers without a
strain on plant, equipment, and quality of service.
Capacity used is the number of consumption
units that the commercial establishment actually sold to
customers in the competitive local market as determined by the
commercial assignment process. If the capacity used exceeds
the effective capacity, then the commercial establishment
undergoes a strain on its plant and equipment that is repre-
sented by increased depreciation of the physical facilities.
BG and BS establishments may sign contracts with local govern-
ment departments (Schools and Municipal Services) to automa-
tically supply these departments with their needed goods and
176
-------
services. If these two government departments do not make a
contract with a local firm, they will purchase from the outside
system at greater than normal prices per unit. These govern-
ment departments can specify a contract with up to three
local BG and three local BS establishments. Greater detail
on these contracts is given under the description of the
government sector.
i. Price per Capacity Unit (CU)
Each commercial establishment sets its ov/n price
Factors that must be taken into account when setting price
are location in relation to potential workers, buyers and
sellers; competitive establishments; local demand; boycotts;
and the typical price. Typical prices are listed in the
Economic Master Table.
The Commercial Process assigns customers to
commercial establishments on the basis of least cost to the
customer per consumption unit, including the customer's trans-
portation cost to get to the commercial establishment. Cus-
tomers also are given a bias to shop where they shopped the
previous year and a bias against shopping at over-crowded
establishments.
Owners of commercial establishments are encour-
aged to examine the commercial allocation summary output and
the commercial maps to see which stores are serving which
customers. A detailed description of this output can be
found under the General Output Section.
j. Income
Sales to private customers and sales to public
customers are separated for BG and BS, but not for PG and
PS since the latter establishments sell to only the private
sector. Income is the product of capacity used and price
per CU.
k. Expenditures
BG and BS spend money for service charges which
represent purchases from the outside system. PG and PS spend
money for business goods and business services that repre-
sent the finished goods and services that they require in
order to operate. In both cases, the dollar amount of expen-
ditures for goods and services (service charges) is directly
related to the number of capacity units sold. These rela-
tionships are shown in the Commercial Master Table,
177
-------
Commercial establishments must pay annual main-
tenance if the value ratio is to be prevented from declining.
BG and BS pay their maintenance to the outside system,
whereas PG and PS purchase units of BG and BS for the purposes
of maintenance. These relationships are also shown in the
Commercial Master Table along with the factors that cause
depreciation. Remember that overcrowding of commercial
establishments causes the depreciation rate to increase,,
Commercial establishments purchase utilities
based upon type and level of development as indicated in
the Commercial Master Table.
There is one type of commercial establishment
expenditure for. water: payment for municipal (or Outside)
water. Local water prices per million gallons consumed in a
year are set by the Utility Department for each economic
activity. The prices for commercial establishments may be
set by type of establishment. The business' pays the local
price for that amount of water which is obtained from the
Utility Department and pays the Outside price for the amount
not supplied by the Utility Department (see Outside System
Master Tables for Outside prices)
The pricing is relatively straightforward.
For example, suppose a business consumes 1,0 MG per day and
300 MG per year* Suppose the total amount of water required
by the water users in its utility district is 24 MGD but the
district can supply only 16 MGD (67%). The business output
would show .67 MGD obtained from the municipal source and
.33 MGD from the Outside. The total amount obtained from
both sources equals the total daily amount required by the
industry (1.0 MGD).
Whereas the daily requirement is. used for
determining local water sufficiency, the billing is done on
an annual basis in proportion to the amount obtained from
each source daily. Suppose the local price per MG for the
commercial establishment is $300. Let the Outside price,
which is always the same for all water users, be $700 per
MG. Then the businessfs water expenditure for Outside water
is: $700 x .33 x 300 = $70,000. The proportion purchased ,
daily from Outside is multiplied by the total annual require-
ment and the Outside cost per MG, The business"s payment to
the local Utility Department is: $300 x .67 x 300 = $60,000.
PG and PS have transportatipn charges to BG
and BS if they purchase locally, BG has transportation to
terminal to purchase goods from the Outside system, and BS
has no transportation charges. The transportation costs by
type of road to the several destinations are given in the
178-
-------
Commercial Master Table. Transportation costs incurred by
commercial businesses are dependent upon the number of units
purchased. The costs are also dependent upon the type of
buyer and seller, the distance travelled to the destination,
and the type of roads. Regardless of the distance travelled,
a business pays a base cost to travel- to a destination.
The total transportation cost (c) to a single destination is:
C = (U x B) + [U x B x L x (4 x T - R) ]
where U is the number of units consumed
and B is the base cost per unit consumed
and L is the length of a parcel side in miles
and T is the number of parcel sides traversed along
the least cost route between origin and destin-
ation
and R is the sum of the road types traversed along
parcel sides on the least cost route
U x B is the base cost which the business must pay.
Suppose that the commercial output showed that
a BG. 1 had a capacity used of 2000 and therefore consumed
2000 terminal units. Assume that the Commercial Master
Table shows that it cost $400 per HY 3 mile to travel to the
terminal. Suppose also that there is only one terminal and
the BG 2 has no options on ways to travel: it must go four
parcels on a type 2 road and two parcels on a type 3 road.
Suppose that in the simulated region a parcel side is 2.5
miles long.
U = 2000 terminal units consumed
B = $400
L = 2.5
T = 6, since six parcels are traversed'
R = 14, for four parcels on type 2 and two parcels on
type 3 (4x2 + 2x3= 14)
The total transportation cost to terminal for the BG is:
2000 x $400 + 2000 x $400 x 2.5 x (4 x 6 - 14) =
$800,000 + 20,000,000 = $20,800,000
Salary costs by class are determined by multi-
plying the salary per worker times the number of workers per
PI times the number of Pi's hired.
Businesses pay property tax on the assessed
value of the development and the land occupied by the devel-
opment. The Assessment Department assesses the value of
land and developments and the Chairman and Council determine
the tax rates to be applied to the assessed values of devel-
opments and of land. Businesses pay income taxes to the
1.79
-------
Federal and State governments using^the rates shown in the
Commercial Master Table. State income taxes apply to the
net income figure before other taxes have been deducted.
Businesses pay sales taxes on the purchases
of goods and services. There is a fixed state sales tax of
3%. State sales taxes are paid on purchases from the Outside
system as well as on local purchases.
1. Net Income and Rate of Return
Business net income is obtained by subtracting
all of the above expenditures from the gross income. Net
income for commercial establishments can be very volatile
because of the competitive aspect of the local market and
the individual business's control over pricing.
The rate of return is printed for each business
as a percent, expressing the ratio of the business's net
income to its current value. Current value is the original
value of the building times its value ratio divided by 100,
plus the market value of the land consumed by the building.
180
-------
G. GOVERNMENT SECTOR DETAILED OUTPUT
Chairman Output
The Chairman Output consists of three sections which
summarize the revenues and expenditures of all departments
and of the jurisdiction's government as a whole.
Chairman Department Finances
The first line of this output shows the welfare
payment rate, which is set by the Chairman. The rest of
the output summarizes the revenues and expenditures of
each department in the Chairman's jurisdiction: Municipal
Services, Schools, Highways, Planning and Zoning, Utilities,
and Chairman. Bus and Rail are interjurisdictional and
their finances do not appear on the Chairman's report.
The Chairman can grant appropriations to Municipal
Services, Schools, Highways and Planning and Zoning. He
can grant subsidies to Utilities, Bus and Rail, and he can
transfer cash to any account.
Further detail on departments' accounts is included
in the descriptions of their output.
Tax Summary
This output shows the revenue which the Chairman
account receives from each type of local tax formally
included in the model. Taxes constitute a major source
of revenue for the operation of local government. There
are four types of local taxes in the model: property,
income, automobile, and sales. The Chairman specifies the
rate at which these taxes are to be levied and the computer
automatically collects the tax revenue. If the Chairman
does not set tax rates for a given round, the computer
collects taxes at the previous rate.
There are two types of property taxes: land and
developments. Land tax is applied to all privately owned
land. The tax paid is determined by multiplying the
percent of a parcel privately owned times the assessed
value of the parcel (set by the Assessment Department)
times the land tax rate. Development tax is applied to
economic land uses. The tax payment is determined by
multiplying the assessed value of a development times the
development tax rate.
181
-------
Figure 8.18
CHAIRMAN DEPARTMENT FINANCES
CAPITAL
fVFNUFS
MISC. INCOMF
TOTAL
HISCEUMeou'
TOTAL
CAPITAL
APPPTPRI AT10NS
FED/STATE AID
TOTAL
MISCELLANEOUS
TOTAL
CAPITAL
PPEVIOUS C
-------
Figure 8.18 (Cont,
TOOO'JOO.
0.
0,
im ic
UNO ^ I
nซji DA
183
-------
A political jurisdiction may tax the personal income
of either the people who live there or the people who work
there. A resident income tax is paid by a population unit
and is determined by multiplying the resident income tax
rate times gross wages of people who live in a jurisdiction.
Employee income tax is determined by multiplying the
employee income tax rate times gross income of the people
who work in the jurisdiction.
Automobile taxes can also be levied by a particular
jurisdiction on the people who live there and the people
who work there. Automobile resident tax is determined by
multiplying the automobile resident tax rate times the
travel cost to work by automobile of the people who live
in the jurisdiction. Automobile employee tax is deter-
mined by multiplying the automobile employee tax rate
times the travel cost to work of the people who work in
the jurisdiction.
Sales taxes are levied on all purchasers of personal
goods and personal services. There are separate tax rates
for goods and services. The tax is determined by multi-
plying the sales tax rate on goods/services in the
jurisdiction in which the seller is located times the
amount of purchase of goods/service at each seller.
Financial Summary
This output summarizes the cash flow which is itemized
on the Chairman Department Finances output.
184
-------
COMPUTER OUTPUT 'EXPLANATION FOR THE
ASSESSMENT DEPARTMENT
Assessment Department Output
As in all roles, the Assessment Department not only
interacts with all of the other users of the model in the
Economic, Social, and Government Sectors but with the
computer as well.
The computer output used by the Assessment Department
exclusively can be broken up into two general types: tabu-
lar and maps.
Tabular Output
The tabular output for the Assessment Department of
each jurisdiction shows the current assessment ratios for
the jurisdiction as a whole and any exceptions to these
jurisdiction-wide assessment ratios.
The first portion displays the overall assessment
ratio for all properties in the jurisdiction. Assessment
ratios may vary for land that is on developed parcels and
land that is locally owned but on undeveloped parcels.
Developments may be assessed by development type. Like-
wise each of the farm types may be assessed at different
rates.
The second portion lists any exceptions to these
jurisdiction-wide ratios. The parcel number is listed and
the specific assessment ratio is given in percentage terms
for developments (land use need not be specified since there
is only one private land use allowed per parcel), non-farm
land, and farm land. The Assessment Department may wish
to make specific dollar assessments (instead of assessment
rates) for particular parcels of land. These are the last
three categories on the tabular output: building (develop-
ments), land (non-farm land) and farms.
Map Output
There are three maps of primary interest to the assessor
These maps supplement the printed matter discussed above
and are used to plan the assessment strategy for the juris-
diction. The maps are: (1) Market Value Map, (2) Assessed
Value Map, and (3) Farm Assessed and Market Value Map.
Other maps may also be of use to the Assessment .De-
partment. These include the Economic Status, Utility, and
Planning and Zoning maps.
185
-------
Figure 8.1
TWOCITY
ASSESSMENT REPORT JUR I SD I CT TON 1 POUND ?
*****************************************************************
ASSESSMENT RATIOS {PERCENT OF MARKET VALUE!
LAND ON UNDEVELOPED PARCELS
LAND ON DEVFLOPED PARCELS
50.0
50.0
BUSINESS TYPF
FARM TYPE:
RA
RR
RC
L I
HI
MS
C I
RG
BS
PG
PS
FT
F2
F3
50.0
^0.0
50.0
50. 0
50.0
50.0
10.0
50.0
51.0
50.0
50.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
EXCEPTIONS TO JURISDICTION-WIDE RATIOS
LOCATION RATIO (?)
DEVELOPMENT: NONE
NON-FARM LAND: NONE
FARM LAND:
NONE
DOLLAR VALUE
BUILDING: NONE
DOLLAR VALUE
LAND: ' NONE
186
-------
Utility Department Output
The Utility Department is responsible for the provision
of the utility and water and sewer services which economic
activities require in order to operate. The department's
utility operations are separate from its water and sewer
operations but both are funded from the department's general
budget.
Each utility plant has its own district, comprised of
full parcels contiguous to the utility plant. A utility
district is also a water district, which can contain one
water intake treatment plant and one sewage treatment plant.
When utility service is installed on a parcel, water and
sewer service- is also installed.
Utility plants, intake treatment plants, and outflow
treatment plants are constructed in levels, each level
having a fixed capacity of service. Outflow treatment plants
are also constructed as certain types, each type having the
ability to remove different amounts of each pollutant type.
All of the plants require a fixed amount of land for each
constructed level. When a level is demolished, the land
becomes available for other Utility Department construction
or sale to another owner.
The Utility Department output consists of a financial
summary, a report on utility plants, treatment plants,
water sampling stations, and miscellaneous other information
of concern to the Department.
Utility Department Finances
All capital and current revenues and expenditures are
summarized on thds< output. Capital expenditures are made
in direct response to player decisions; current expenditures
are made in response to policies set by players. All capi-
tal revenues and the current revenues of subsidies, bonding,
and miscellaneous income are obtained in the manner described
in the Introduction to the Government Sector. The Utility
Department has two additional sources of current income:
income from utility users and income from water users. For
the most part, the two types of users are identical. How-
ever, some types of basic industries use surface water
directly and do not require municipal water although they do
require utilities.*
*^ One exception to this rule is the case of an RA with pri-
vate utilities (well water, septic tanks, etc.). Such an
RA does not drain municipally-provided utilities or water.
187
-------
Figure 8 . 6
*******************************************************************************
TWOCITY
UTILITY DEPARTMENT FINANCES
************************************************************************************
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
CAP! TAL
PREVIOUS CASH BALANCE
0.
CURRENT
PREVIOUS CASH BALANCE
6769.
REVENUES
SUBSIDIES
BONDING
MISC. INCOME
60000000.
0.
270000000.
CO
oo
REVENUES
SUBSIDIES
BONDING
MISC. INCOME
UTILITY USERS
WATER USERS
0.
7580000.
0.
11310200.
0.
TOTAL
330000000,
TOTAL
18890700,
EXPENDITURES
UTILITY PLANT CONSTR 30000000,
TREATMENT PLANT CONSTR 15,599,999.
MISCELLANEOUS 0.
EXTENSION OF SERVICE 0.
LAND PURCHASE 122000.
EXPENDITURES
UTILITY OPERATION
TREATMENT OPERATION
SAMPLING STATIONS
MISCELLANEOUS
BONO PAYMENTS
15773330,
1347152,
700000.
0.
1075191,
TOTAL
45721999,
TOTAL
18895673.
NEW CASH BALANCE
284278001.
NEW CASH BALANCE
1296,
-------
The Department sets the price which any economic
activity must pay per utility unit consumed. That price^
does not vary with the type of economic activity consuming
utilities. Each activity does consume a different number
of utility units, but the price per .unit consumed is the
same for every utility user.
The Department also sets the water price per MG con-
sumed, but the price set can vary by the type of economic
activity, and, in the case of residences, by class. Utility
users always obtain the utility service which they need;
the only variable is the price set by the Utility Department.
However, the Utility Department might not always be able
to provide sufficient water for all of its users' needs,
the reasons for which are explained below. A water shortage
is relevant to current revenues because water users pay the
Department for only the water which they actually obtain
from the municipal system.
Capital expenditures are separated into five types:
utility plant construction, treatment plant construction,
extension of service, land purchase, and miscellaneous.
The expenditures under utility plant construction also
include utility plant demolition costs. The cost to con-
struct or demolish each level of a utility plant are given
on the Master Table. Treatment plant construction costs
include the costs to construct and demolish levels of intake
treatment plants and the costs to construct and demolish
types and levels of effluent treatment plants. The costs
for extension of utility service include extension of water
and sewer service to those parcels receiving utilities for
the first time. Once a parcel has utilities, it never needs
more water and sewer service; if a parcel has any utility
service of whatever level it has sufficient water and sewer
service for any level of any economic activity. The land
purchase expenditure category includes income from land sale,
Both utility plants and treatment plants require land for
construction. Miscellaneous capital expenditures are the
total of all cash transfers made from the department's capi-
tal account.
There are five types of current expenditures: utility
plant operation, treatment plant operation, sampling station
operation, bond payments, and miscellaneous. The expendi-
ture for utility plant operation is the total of the operat-
ing costs of all of the utility plants in the jurisdiction.
Treatment plant operation is the total of the operating
costs of all of the intake and outflow treatment plants in
the jurisdiction. There is one fixed cost to operate each
ambient (river quality) sampling station and another fixed
cost to operate each point source (user effluent quality)
189
-------
sampling station. The total operating cost of all sampling
stations in the jurisdiction appears as a single current
expenditure. Payments on both current and capital bonds are
made through the current account. Miscellaneous current
expenditures are the total of all cash transfers made from
the department's current account.
The new cash balances in both accounts remain in
those accounts and are available for expenditure in the
following round.
Water_Department Reports
Four types of detailed information are shown on this
output; intake treatment plant status, outflow (effluent)
treatment plant status, municipal sampling station reports,
and the water prices which have been set by the department.
The intake treatment plant table has one row per intake
plant. Each intake treatment plant has a code number which
is identical to the code number of the utility district
in which it is located and which it serves. Both the plant
code number and its coordinates are given here. An intake
plant also has a level, which denotes its maximum capacity
fin MGD) to treat water.
The water which is treated at an intake treatment plant
may actually be obtained from surface water anywhere in the
simulated region, although the water intake for a single
utility district must all be from a single parcel having
surface water. The coordinates of the parcel on which a
district's intake point is located are in the fourth column.
The fifth column shows the intake water quality. Intake
water quality affects the cost which the department must
pay in order to treat the water to drinking water quality.
The worse the water, the greater the cost per MG to treat
the water.
The total water requirement (in MGD) of all of the
water users in the utility district is in the sixth column.
The seventh column contains the total amount of water (in
MGD) which the department was able to obtain from the sur-
face water at its intake point. The amount obtained is
never greater than the amount needed. There are three
possible reasons that the amount obtained could be less
than the amount needed: 1) the water quality on the parcel
on which the intake point is located is 9: 2) the total
amount attempted removed by surface water users (municipal
intake points or surface water using basic industries) from
the parcel on which the intake point is located is greater
than the amount of water on the parcel; 3) the intake
190
-------
TWOCITY
WATER DEPARTMENT REPORTS
JURISDICTION 1
INTAKE TREATMENT PLANTS
PLANT LOCATION LEVEL
INTAKE WATER WATER TOTAL
INFLOW WATER NEEDED OBTAINED CAPACITY TREATMEMT TREATMENT INCOME
POINT QUALITY (MGD) (MOD) (MGDJ COST COST/MGD FROM USERS
9424
9624
14.45
14.45
26
?58R9
J 1791
2010014
OUTFLOW TREATMENT PLANTS
TYPE
AND
PLANT LOCATION LEVEL'
AMOUNT' OF PLANT
OUTFLOW EFFLUENT CAPACITY
POINT (MGO) " (MGD)
TOTAL
TREATMENT TREATMENT
COST COST/MGD
9428 TT4
9616
14.45
26
$ 132126"? ~ $ 91436
MUNICIPAL SAMPLING STATION REPORTS
ROD
DIST LOCATION (LBS/MG)
CHLORIDES
(LDS/MG)
I
NUTRIENTS
(LBS/MG)
3ACTERIALS
(PARTS
PER MG>
-
TEMPERATURE
DEVIATION
(DEGREES)
_- - - - -
OIL AND
FLOATING
SOLIDS
. . _
HIGH
LEVEL
WASTES
- - _.
AMOUNT OF
WATER
(MGD)
9616
11.65
4.49
26.98
0.0
0.0
NO
NO
14.45
WATER PRICES
ACTIVITY
PRICE/MG
OUT
NS
CI
BG
es
PG
PS
- $
$
$
$
$
$
$
700
450
450
350
450
450
4^0
SG
MF
NL
EL
TE
$
$
$
t
$
450
450
450
450
4SO
LA
LB
LC
MA '
MO
MC
HA
HR
HC
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
i
$
200
450
450
450
450
450
300
450
450
-------
treatment plant has the capacity to process a volume less
than the total amount needed by the district's water users.
In the first case, no water users supplied by the municipal
system receive municipal water; all purchase from the Outside.
In the second and third cases each water user receives a
share of municipally-supplied water proportional to its
needs. If both the second and third cases obtain, the lesser
amount is removed from the surface water and treated.
The seventh item, total treatment cost, is the plant's
operating cost for the year, based on the total water users'
annual requirements (in MG), the proportion of their daily
needs (MGD) which the district obtained, and the quality of
the intake water. The proportion is multiplied by the total
annual requirement and then multiplied by the cost per MG
to treat water at the intake quality. For example, suppose
that a district contained only a BG1 and a TE1, had a
level 1 intake plant, quality 4 intake water, and no
shortage of water at the intake point. Suppose that the
Master Tables showed that: a BG1 requires .17 MGD and 41
MG annually; a TE1 requires 8 MGD and 2080 MG annually; a
level 1 intake plant can treat 3 MGD; and the cost per MG
to treat quality 4 water is $100. Then the total amount
needed (MGD) would be 8.17. The amount obtained would be
3.00, and the capacity would be 3.00. The total treatment
cost would be:
3.00/8.17 x (41 + 2080) x $100 = $77882
The treatment cost per MGD is the total treatment cost
divided by the MGD obtained.
The last item on the table, income from users, is
the total income from the district's sale of water. It is
shown on the intake treatment plant table because, water
users pay the department only for those portions of their
water needs which are provided locally. They pay the local
price per MG for the number of MG's obtained from the dis-
trict.
Whereas a water user may obtain some of its water from
Outside, all of its effluent is dumped into the municipal
sewer system (for municipal water users only). Thus a dis-
trict receives revenue only for water provided but receives
the total amount of effluent generated in the district. On
the outflow treatment plant table, each outflow plant has
a row. The first two columns contain the code number of the
utility district in which the plant is located and which it
serves, and the coordinates of the outflow plant.
192
-------
The third column is the treatment type and level.
Level denotes the maximum amount of effluent which the plant
can treat. Type denotes the amount of each pollutant removed
from the effluent which the plant treats. The four types
of plants, in increasing order of pollution removal, are:
chlorination (CL) , primary treatment (PT) , secondary treat-
ment (ST) , and tertiary treatment (TT) .
The sewage generated by a district may be dumped into
surface water anywhere in the simulated region, although
all of the outflow for a single district must be on a single
surface water parcel. The coordinates of the parcel on
which the district's outflow point is located are given in
the fourth column. All of the district's effluent, treated
or not, is dumped on that parcel.
The fifth column contains the amount of effluent (in
MGD) generated by all of the water users in the district.
That amount is equal to the amount of water needed shown on
the intake treatment plant table. The plant capacity (in
MGD) is in the next column and is the maximum amount which
can be treated. If the amount of effluent is greater than
the plant capacity, the difference between the amount of
effluent and the amount treated is dumped untreated at
the outflow point. The amount treated has an amount of
pollution removed according to the treatment type.
The total treatment cost, the treatment plant's opera-
ting cost for the year, is based on the total water users'
annual requirements (in MG), the proportion of their effluent
which the plant treated, and the treatment cost per MG
for the treatment type and level. The proportion is multi-
plied by the total annual requirement and then by the treat-
ment cost per MG for the treatment type. For example, sup-
pose that the same district in the example above had ST2
effluent treatment, and that the Master Tables showed that
a level 2 has a capacity of 8 MGD and that the treatment
cost per MG at ST2 is $190. The total treatment cost would
be:
8.00/8.17 x (41 + 2080) x $190 = $394,605
The last column, treatment cost per MGD, is the total
treatment cost divided by the amount treated (in MGD) .
The department can set up sampling stations to monitor
the concentration of each pollutant in the municipal effluent
which it dumps into the surface water. Municipal sampling
stations must be located on parcels where municipal systems
193
-------
have outflow points. The municipal sampling station report
is a table with one row per sampling station. The first two
columns contain the code number of the utility district
which the outflow point serves and the coordinates of the
outflow point. The next seven columns show the concentra-
tion of each pollutant in the effluent being dumped (after
any treatment). Oil and floating solids and high level
wastes are either present or not; they are not measured in
concentrations. Suppose that in the example given above,
the Master Table showed the effluent content of a BG1 and a
TE 1 to be:
BOD Chlorides Nutrients Coliform Tempei- Oil & High
(LBS/MG) (LBS/MG) (LBS/MG) (parts/MG) ature Floating "Level
Deviation Solids Wastes
BG1
TE1
200
500
0
(.ISO
0
100
10
30
0
0
No
No
No
No
Then the volume of pollution before treatment would be:
BOD: 200 x .13 + 500 x 8 = 4026 Lbs.
Chlorides: 0 x ..13 + 180 x 8 = 1440 Lbs.
Nutrients: 0 x .13 + 100 x 8 = 800 Lbs.
Coliform: 10 x .13 + 30 x 8 = 241.3
TZ* The amount of poll tit ion to be treated would be 8.00/8.17
of the amount in the effluent. Thus, the amount treated
and untreated would be:
Treated Untreated
BOD
Chlorides
Nutrients
Coliform
3945
1411
784
236
81
29
16
5
Suppose that the Master Table showed that ST removed:
BOD Chlorides Nutrients Coliform Temper- Oil & High
ature Floating Level
Solids Wastes
50%
80%
60%
99%
0%
100%
0%
Then the amount of pollution remaining in the treated
effluent would be:
BOD:
Chlorides :
Nutrients :
Coliform:
(100
(100
(100
(100
- 80)
- 60)
- 50)
- 99)
x
X
X
X
3945
1411
784
236
=
=
=:
=
789
564
392
2
194
-------
The total amount of pollution dumped would be:
BOD;
Chlorides:
Nutrients:
Coliform:
789 + 81
564 + 29
392 + 16
2+5
870
593
408
7
The sampling station report would show those concentra-
tions to be:
BOD: 106.49 LBS/MG (870/8.17)
Chlorides: 72.58 LBS/MG (593/8.17)
Nutrients: 49.94 LBS/MG (408/8.17)
Coliform: .86 PARTS/MG (7/8.17)
The last column in the table is the total volume of
effluent dumped at the outflow point. Actually, the volume
of effluent dumped is unimportant, since the amount of sur-
face water on a parcel is constant. What'does matter is the
total amount of pollution dumped, not its concentration.
Once in the surface water, the concentration of each pollu-
tant depends on the volume of the surface water and the
amount of each pollutant already in the surface water, not
on the amount of effluent.
Water prices are the last section of the Water Depart-
ment Report. The two-letter code of each activity and the
price per MG are listed. The first activity, OUT, is the
Outside price per MG which water users pay for any water
which they cannot obtain locally. That price is the same
for all jurisdictions and is not controlled by the depart-
ment.
All of the other prices in the list are set by the
department. Note that the department does not set prices
for basic industries which use surface water, since those
industries obtain, and treat their own water. The department
sets one price for each type of economic activity except
residences. Residence prices are set by residence type
and by class. The first letter of the two-letter code is
the class and the second is the residence type. 'LB' would
be low-income living in residence type RB. Water consump-
tion by a Pi varies by class and residence type. In general,
high-income consume more water than low-income, and RA
residents consume more water than RC residents. See the
Master Tables for the exact amounts of water consumption.
195
-------
Sampling Station Report: Point Source Quality
The department can sample the effluent discharged by
any economic activities in the jurisdiction at a fixed cost
per sampling station. The concentration of a basic indus-
try's pollution is shown after any treatment provided by
the industry.
The report is a table consisting of one row per sampling
station. The first column shows the coordinates of the
activity whose effluent is being sampled. Next are the eco-
nomic owner and the type and operating level of the activity.
The fourth column shows the effluent treatment type and
level provided by the activity, but is relevant for basic
industries only. A level one treatment plant has the capa-
city to process all of the effluent normally generated by
one level of industry.
The volume of effluent (in MOD) is next. Basic indus-
tries which use surface water can recycle.some of their
water and cut the amount of effluent generated by up to
half of the normal amount. Although the amount of effluent
can be cut, the amount of pollution generated remains the
same. Thus, the pollution concentration is higher in
effluent when water is recycled, but no more pollution is
present than there would be if there were no recycling.
The remainder of the table shows the concentration
of each pollutant in the activity's effluent.
Sampling Station Report: Ambient. Quality
An ambient sampling station measures the concentration
of each pollutant in the surface water as it leaves a
parcel and moves to the next parcel. Ambient sampling
stations can be set up on any surface water parcels in the
jurisdiction at a fixed cost per parcel. The type of infor-
mation provided on the ambient sampling station report is
basically the same as on other sampling station reports,
except that the amount of water is the amount in the surface
water, and the water is rated in a quality category (1-9).
Utility Department Report
This report contains detail on each utility plant in
the jurisdiction and detail of importance to the department
as a whole (water and utilities) on undeveloped land and
outstanding bonds. The detail on utility plants consists
of a table on which each row is a utility plant. The first
two columns contain the utility district code number and
the coordinates of the parcel on which the utility plant, is
196
-------
Figure 8.3
********
TWOCITY
SAMPLING STATION REPORT: POINT SOURCE QUซLHY JURISDICTION 1 ROUND ?.
********************************* **ซ** * ป(r ซ********ซ**#*#ซ ซ*ป6t **ซ*ซซ** ******************************** ******************* *****
LOCATION
9422
9424
8826
9026
9226
0476
8628
P87.8
9228
9428
8430
8630
8830
9D30
9730
8432
8632
8832
9^)32
9232
8634
8834
0034
9234
8836
9036
9038
OWNER
B
C
B
F
E
E
C
B
B
A
E
E
B
D
E
F
D
F
F
F
F
B .
E
B
F
.C
F
BUSINESS TREATMENT
TYPE AND TYPE AND VOLUME
LEVEL LEVEL (MGD)
RA 1
RA 1
RA 3
RA 3
RA 3
RA 2
RA 3
RA 4
PS 1
MF 0
RA 4
RA 6
RC 1
RC 2
PG 1
RA 6
RA 6
RA 2
RB 3
RC 1
RA 4
R A 3
P8 I
RB 3
RA 5
RA 2
RA 1
0
0 " "
0
0
0
0
0
0 "~ "
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
' 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.10
0.10 "
0.35
0.35
0.3S
0.21
0.24
0.49
0.18
0.0
0.39
0.56
1.29
2.61
0.23
0.48
0.56
0.15
1.38
0.96
0.39
0.24
0.50
1.52
0.48
0.16
0.08
BOD
(LBS/MG)
1070.00
1070.00
1100.00
1100.00
1100.00
1100.00
1250.00
1 100.00
100.00
0.0
1223.08
1250.00
1190.70
1179.31
250.00
1250.00
1250.00
J 180.00
1206.52
1212.50
1223.08
1750.00
1205.00
1210.53
1250.00
1250.00
1250.00
CHLORIDES
(LBS/MG)
37.00
.37.00
40.00
40.00
"" ~ 40.00
40.00
50.00
" 40.00
0.0
0.0
48.21
50.00
46.05
45.29
0.0
50.00
50.00
45.33
47.10
47.50
48.21
50.00
47. 00
47.37
50.00
50.00
50.00
BACTERIALS
NUTRIENTS (PARTS
(LBS/MG) PER MG)
77
77
80
80
80
80
100
BO
0
0
- 96
100
92
90
0
100
100
90
94
95
96
100
94
94
100
100
100
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00 "
.00
.00
.00
.0
.0
.41
.00
.09
.57
.0
.00
.00
.67
.20
.00
.41
.00
.00
.74
.00
.00
.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
15.00
0.0
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
20.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
TEMPERATURE
DEVIATION
(DEGREES)
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0-
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
OIL AND
FLOATING
SOLIDS
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YFS
NO
NO
YFS
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
HIGH.
LFVEL
WASTES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
ND
Nfl
. NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
Nn
NO
-------
Figure 8.4
SAMPLING STATTON RFPORTJ AMBIENT QUALITY
4* ***********
JURISDICTION Z
RUUNO
LOCATION
96?0
9622
"624
9626
9612
9614
9616
961 H
9679
963T
963?
9432
11830
11630
11430
11 330
11030
10R30
10630
10430
10730 .
10030 .
9930
son
(LBS/MG)
0.0
0.0
0.0
106.90
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1 "-! 1 . 4 1
424. 74
401 .90
967.50
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
o.o
0.0
CHLORIDES
ILRS/MG)
0.0
0.0
0.0
53.45
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
50.92
135.72
127.26
153,13
0.0
0. n
0.0
0.0
0,0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
NUTRIENTS
(LBWMG)
10,20
9.22
7. R6
861 .54
P.O
6.67
9.70
11.29
799. 11
1150. ] 1
1125.40
19B2.20
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
11.25
fi.45
7.01
5.60
RACTFRIALS
(PARTS
PER MG)
0,0
0.0
0.0
0.05
0.0
0.0
0,0
0.0
0.43
1 .08
0.93
29.53
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0,0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0,0
0.0
TEMPERATURE
DEVIATION
(DEGREES)
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.43
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
10.66
7.45
5.15
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
. 0.0
0.0
0.0
OR AND
FLOATING
SOLIDS
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
HIGH
LEVEL
WASTES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
AMOUNT OF
WATER
(MGO)
260.00
254.00
2HO.OO
290.00
100.00
150.00
200.00
250.00
300.00
500.00
510.00
520.00
70.00
80.00
90.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
120.00
150.00
170.00
192.00
WATER
QUALITY
RATING
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
8
e
q
-------
Figure 8.5
PLANT
L OC AT I ON
LEVEL
TWOCITY
UTILITY DEPARTMENT REPORT
UNITS
INSTALLED
UNITS
SERVED
OPERATING
COSTS
JURISDICTION 1
OPERATING
COST/UNIT
INCOME
1 94-24 2 5000 1166 15773330. 13527. 11310200.
TOTALS 15773330. 11310200.
CHARGE TO CUSTOMERS 9700 PER UNIT
UNDEVELOPED LAND
LOCATION AMOUNT" LOCATION AMOUNT LOCATION AMOUNT LOCATION AMOUNT " LOCATION AMOUNT
94-24 7 82-30 4 94-28 9
OUTSTANDING BONDS " ~ " " '
TYPE ORIGINAL REMAINING INTEREST ANNUAL
PRINCIPAL TERM RATE " PAYMENT
CAPIT4-L
CURRENT
CURRENT
CURRENT
7182128.
200000.
150000.
7430000.
4, 1
3.2
3.2
3.7
464614.
104R25.
78618.
3922430.
-------
located. Next is the level of utility plant. Each level
has a fixed capacity in terms of the number of utility units
which it can provide.
The next two columns show the number of utility units
installed on parcels served by the plant. The number of
units installed on a parcel is the maximum number which an
activity located there can draw upon. The program rejects
any construction which would require more utility units
than are installed on the parcel. The number of units
installed and attached to a plant are always greater than
or equal to the number of units served by the plant. The
units served are those actually being consumed. Units.
installed indicates actual and potential consumption.
However, a level of a plant has a maximum capacity in terms
of units served,, That maximum cannot be exceeded.
There is an optimum number of units which a level of
utility plant can serve. Below and above that number the
operating cost per unit served (equal to a unit of income)
is greater than that optimal minimum cost per unit served.
Column six,, total operating cost for the year, is less
informative than column seven, the operating cost per unit
served. The last column shows the total income which the
district receives for providing utility service. An eco-
nomic activity pays for only the number of utility units
which it drains, regardless of the number installed on the
parcel on which the activity is located.
The undeveloped land table shows the location and
percent of parcel owned wherever the department owns unde-
veloped land. Utility plants, intake treatment plants,
and outflow treatment plants require land. When a building
is constructed, land is subtracted from the department's
undeveloped land account.
Each outstanding bond is listed on the bond table, one
row per bond. The first item is the type of bond, capital
or current. A capital bond has a term of 25 years; a current
bond has a term of 2 years. The original principal, remain-
ing term, interest rate, and annual payment are given. The
remaining term is the number of rounds after the current
round in which the department must make the annual payment.
The annual payment is calculated by the computer to pay off
the bond in equal installments each year, and the payment is
made automatically by the computer from the department's
current account.
200
-------
COMPUTER OUTPUT EXPLANATION FOR THE
SCHOOL DEPARTMENT
The School Department for each jurisdiction receives
three sections of computer output: the SCHOOL DEPARTMENT
REPORT, the CONSTRUCTION TABLE, and SCHOOL DEPARTMENT
FINANCES.
School Department Output
This report information is divided into five sections:
1. School Units - supply, demand and use index for
each school district.
2. Undeveloped Land - location and amount of undevel-
oped land owned by the department.
3. Contracts - contractural agreements to purchase
business goods and services from specific suppliers,
4. Adult Education - supply of and demand fro adult
education programs.
5. Boycotts - information on social classes boycotting
School Department jobs.
1. Characteristics of School Facilities
The first column gives the numerical identification of
the School facility. Each facility in the local system is
given a unique identification number that is used on the
computer maps.
The second column gives the parcel location of the
School facility. The third column provides the development
level of the School facility. These facilities may be built
or upgraded to one of three levels.
The fourth column gives the maintenance level for the
school facilities. The department may change the mainten-
ance level for any school facility. The maintenance level
is the lowest level to which the value ratio will be allowed
to decline before maintenance expenditures are incurred.
The fifth column is the value ratio for each school
facility. The value ratio is a measure of the present
value and effectiveness of the plant and equipment in re-
lation to "brand new" plant and equipment. A value ratio
of 80 means that the effective capacity of an educational
facility is reduced to 80 percent of what it would be if the
value ratio were 100.
201
-------
Figure 8,11
BLUECITT
SCHOOL DEPARTMENT
JUKISOICTJON I
ROUND 7
SCHOOL UNITS
S T U 0 i N T S
MAINTENANCE VALUE -. -.-.-
SCHOOL LOCATION 'LEVEL LEVEL RATIO HIGH MIDDLE LOW
TEACHER.* REQUESTED STUDENT/TEACHER
.HIซH MIDDLE RATIO
USE 1NOE*
?030
10026
foil
8
-------
The sixth, seventh and eighth columns show the number
of students from each of the three classes that attend
public schools in each of the districts.
Columns nine and ten show the employment mix requests
in terms of population units. The final column shovs the
School Use Index. It is the ratio of loading (demand) to
effective capacity (supply) multiplied times 100.
If the School Department did not hire all the popula-
tion units it requested, the following message is printed:
"7 MIDDLE INCOME TEACHER REQUESTS NOT FILLED"
This would indicate that 7 PM's were not hired.
2. Undeveloped Land
This table shows the parcel location for undeveloped
land owned by the School Department. It also shows the
percent of the parcel owned by the department. The percent
of a parcel required for a level one school facility is
shown in the School Master Table.
3. Contracts
The School Department purchases goods and services each
round as part of the costs of operating and maintaining
their school facilities. These purchases are made from BG
and BS establishments in the local system if contracts to
do so are submitted to the computer by the department. If
no contracts to purchase locally supplied goods and ser-
vices are made, then all needed purchases are made from the
outside system.
The contract table shows the type of good or service
in column one. In the second column, the owner of the
establishment supplying the good or service is indicated.
The third column shows the parcel location of the supplier
if it is a supplier within the local system.
The fourth column shows the percent of total purchases
made from BS and BS suppliers. The fifth column shows the
cost per BG and BS unit being charged by the supplier.
(The outside prices are fixed.)
The sixth column shows the number of BG and BS units
purchased and the last column shows the total cost. This
cost is derived by multiplying the cost per unit times the
number of units purchased.
203
-------
5. Adult Education
The School Department may operate a public adult edu-
cation program if it wishes and can afford to pay the costs.
The demand for public adult education is generated by the
time allocations for free adult education by population units
in the Social Sector.
It is ass-umed that adult education is carried out in
the same school facilities used by the children in the public
schools; therefore, the only cost to supplying adult edu-
cation services is the hiring of part-time teachers.
Teachers may be hired in any desired mix from the PH and
PM classes.
The first two columns show the number of part-time work
units requested by the School Department from the PH and
PM classes, respectively. Since the School Department com-
petes in the labor market with all other employers of
part-time workers, there is a chance that occasionally not
all the teachers sought will actually be hired. Therefore,
columns three and four show the part-time work units actually
obtained.
The capacity of the adult education program is obtained
by multiplying the high income part-time units actually
hired times 15 and added that to the number of middle income
part-time units multiplied by 10. Thus PH teachers pro-
vide 50 percent more capacity per work unit hired than PM
teachers.
The used capacity is the number of leisure time units
allocated to public adult education that were able to be
served by the actual capacity of the adult education pro-
gram. The unmet demand (if any) is the excess of the de-
sired amount of time spent in public adult education by the
population units of the local jurisdiction over the amount
that was actually able to be spent given the capacity of
the jurisdiction's adult education program.
At the bottom of the Adult Education Table, the local
school age population in the jurisdiction is shown along
with the number of these students who attended the public
schools and the number who attended private schools. The
population units whose children attended private schools
had to pay the specified tuition per student as shown in
the School Master Table.
204
-------
The salary offered PH. and PM teachers is also listed
at the end of the Adult Education Table. The same salary
is offered to full time teachers for day classes and part-
time teachers for adult education classes.
5. Boycotts
The Boycott Table shows three bits of information on
the boycotting population units (team controlling, income
class, and function which for School boycotts will always be
work). Three bits of information are formatted for the
boycotted employer. When the School Department is the em-
ployer being boycotted, "SC" and the jurisdiction number
appear under the third column heading entitled "owner".
NEW CONSTRUCTION
The Construction Table shows projects that were com-
pleted at the beginning of the round and therefore were
in operation for the entire round. "Outside" indicates
that an outside construction firm performed the construction.
The site location is the parcel on which the school facility
was constructed. The status will always appear as "Completed"
Old level is the previous development level for the
school facility. A zero indicates that no school facility
previously existed on that parcel. The new level is the
present development level for the school facility after the
construction. The price of construction is indicated along
with the department specified maintenance level (this applies
to the entire structure) and the specified employment mix
(this applies to the entire structure) and the specified
employment mix (this applies to the new total level not
only to the newly constructed increment).
SCHOOL DEPARTMENT FINANCES
Outstanding Bonds - This table shows the type (capital
or current) of bond, the original principal, the number of
rounds remaining to pay off the bond (all bonds start as 25
or 2 year bonds), the rate of interest being charged on
the principal (determined by the state of the national bond
market in the year the bond was floated), and the annual
payment that must be made on the debt. Bond payments on a
bond floated in round T being in round T+l. Thus a current
bond incurred in Round 2 will start being paid off in Round
3.
205
-------
Figure 8.12
SCHOOL
f I N
N C ฃ S
JURISDICTION J
CAPITAL
REVENUES
EU8RINT
REVENUES
PREVIOUS CASH BALANCE
APPROPRIATIONS
FEDERAL-STATE Ala USED
NEW BONOS
MISCELLANEOUS
TOTAL
792800
J3SOOOOO
0
0
0
11392800
PREVIOUS CASH BALANCE
APPROPRIATIONS
FEDERAL-STATE AID USED
NEW BOND!!
MISCELLANEOUS
30711900
19000000
12154000
0
16000000
78J67900
[O
o.
en
EXPENDITURES
SCHOOL CONSTRUCT?ON
LAND PURCHASES
HiSCELLANEQUS
TOTAL
EXPENDITURES
SOODS AND SERVICES
FULL-TIME SALARIES
MISCELLANEOUS
BONO PAYMENTS
ADULT EDUCATION
4HOOOOO
isioeooo
0
0
S1687600
3919SAOO
CURRENT BALANCE
11292800
CURRENT HALAMCE
38972300
T.WERE ARE NO OUTsTANOINS BONOS
FEDERAL/STATE AID AVAILABLE FOR SCHOOL CONSTRUCTION
NONE
-------
COMPUTER OUTPUT EXPLANATION FOR THE
MUNICIPAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT
Municipal Services Department Output
This report information is divided into five sections:
1. MS Characteristics - supply, demand and use index
for each MS plant and totals for the jurisdiction
2. Contracts - contractural agreements to purchase
business goods and services from specific suppliers
3. Undeveloped Land - location and amount of undevel-
oped land owned by the department
4. Outstanding Bonds - information on bonds still
requiring annual payments
5. New Construction - information on the location,
costs, and operating characteristics of new MS
facilities.
6. Boycotts - information on social classes boycotting
MS jobs.
1. MS Characteristics
The first column gives the numerical identification of
the MS facility. Each facility in the represented area is
given a unique identification number that is used on the
computer maps.
The second column gives the parcel location of MS
facility. The third column provides the development level
of the MS facility. These facilities may be built or upgraded
to one of three levels.
The fourth column gives the maintenance level for the
MS facilities. The department may change the maintenance
level for any MS facility. The maintenance level is the
lowest level to which the value ratio will be allowed to
decline before maintenance expenditures are incurred.
The fifth column is the value ratio for each MS facil-
ity. The value ratio is a measure of the value and effec-
tiveness of the plant and equipment in relation to "brand
new" plant and equipment. A value ratio of 80 means that
the effective capacity of a MS facility is reduced to 80
percent of what it would be if the value ratio were 100.
207
-------
MS LOCATION
LEVEL
Figure
i.7
TWOCITY
MUNICIPAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT REPORT JURISDICTION 2
* fr*# ***+**$ * *** ftX'****** ****** ***************#******************************
MAINTENANCE VALUE EFFECTIVE CAPACITY EMPLOYMENT H. S. USE
LEVEL RATIO OF SERVICE LOADING LOW MIDDLE INDEX
3 98-26 1
5 . 110-3* 1
TOTALS
SALARY OFFERED LOW
85
95
96
2900! MIDDLE 4900.
WELFARE PAYMENT PER UNEMPLOYED WORKER IS 1600.
935
8? 5
900
0
900
96
0
96
CONTRACTS
TYPE
BG
3S
<3S
OWNER
OUTSIDE-
B
OUTSIDE
"PERCENTAGE OF
LOCATION TOTAL PURCHASES
100
98- 32 10
90
COST PER ""'
UNIT
130000
100000
130000
CAPACITY
UNITS USED
18
0
8
TOTAL " "
COST
2340000
0
1040000
3380000
UNDEVELOPED LAND '
LOCATION AMOUNT
94-30 12
LOCATION AMOUNT
114-18 " 8
LOCATION AMOUNT
106-28 12
LOCATION AMOUNT
88-20 &
LOCATION AMOUNT
OUTSTANDING BONDS
TYPE
CAPITAL
CURRENT
CAPITAL
CURRFNT
"*
"ORIGINAL "
PRINCIPAL
855348.
15870000.
1500000.
64040000.
REMAINING
TERM
2
1
25
2
INTEREST
RATE
4.8
3.0
3.1
3.5
ANNUAL
PAYMENT
59478.
8293333.
87104.
337106R7.
-------
The sixth column is the effective capacity of service
or the MS supply provided by each MS facility. This number
is derived by finding the capacity that would be supplied
as determined by the MS level and employment mix and mul-
tiplying this times the value ratio expressed as a percent.
The seventh column is the MS loading or MS demand gen-
erated by the population units and business activities loca-
ted within the MS district boundaries. The MS units demanded
by each type of activity is shown in the MS Master Table.
Columns eight and nine show the employment mix requestes,
in terms of population units. The final column shows the MS
Use Index. It is the ratio of loading (demand) to effective
capacity (supply) multiplied times 100.
The salaries offered per worker to PL and PM employees
is listed below the table along with the designated welfare
payment per unemployed worker.
If the MS Department did not hire all the population
units it requested, the following message is printed .-
"EMPLOYMENT SHORTAGE LOW 5; MIDDLE 0"
This would indicate that 5 PL's were not hired.
2. Contracts
The MS Department purchases goods and services each
round as part of the costs of operating and maintaining their
MS facilities. These purchases are made from BG and BS
establishments in the local system if contracts to do sc are
submitted to the computer. If no contracts to purchase
locally supplied goods and services are made, then all needed
purchases are made from the outside system.
The contract table shows the type of good or service
in- column one. In the second column, the owner of the esta-
blishment supplying the good or service is indicated. The
third column shows the parcel location of the supplier if
it is a supplier within the local system.
The fourth column shows the percent of total purchases
made from BG and BS suppliers. The fifth column shows the
cost per BG and BS unit being charged by the supplier.
(The outside prices are fixed.)
The sixth column shows the number of BG and BS units
purchased and the last column shows the total cost. This
cost is derived by multiplying the cost per unit times the
number of units purchased.
209
-------
3. Undeveloped Land
This table shows the parcel location for undeveloped
land owned by the MS Department. It also shows the percent
of the parcel owned by the department. The percent of a
parcel required for a level one MS facility is shown . in the
MS Master Table.
4. Outstanding Bonds
This table shows the type (capital or current) of bond,
the original principal, the number of rounds remaining to
pay off the bond (all bonds start as 25 or 2 year bonds) ,
the rate of interest being charged on the principal (deter-
mined by the state of the national bond market in the year
the bond was floated) , and the annual payment that must be
made on the debt. Bond payments on a bond floated in round
T begin in round T+l. Thus a current bond incurred in Round
2 will start being paid off in Round 3.
5. New Construction
The Construction Table shows projects that were com-
pleted at the beginning of the round and therefore were
in operation for the entire round. "Outside" indicates
that an outside construction firm performed the construction.
The site location is the parcel on which the MS facility was
constructed. The status will always appear as "Completed".
Old level is the previous development level for the MS
facility. A zero indicates that no MS facility previously
existed on that parcel. The new level is the present devel-
opment level for the MS facility after the construction.
The price of construction is indicated along with the
department specified maintenance level (this applies to the
entire structure) and the specified employment mix (this
applies to the new total level not only to the newly con-
structed increment) .
6^ Boycotts
The Boycott Table shows three bits of information on
the boycotting "population units (team controlling, income
class, and function which for MS boycotts will always be
work) . Three bits of information are formatted for the
boycotted employer. When the MS Department is the employer
being boycotted, "MS" and the jurisdiction number appear
under the third column heading entitled "owner".
210
-------
Municipal Services Department Finances
This report summarizes the department's financial
transactions for the previous year. See the Introduction
to the Government Sector for detail on the standard
governmental budgetary procedure.
7.11
-------
Figure 8.8
MS .2, 3 MUNICIPAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT FINANCES
TWnCITY
MUNICIPAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT FINANCES
JURISDICTION ?
ROUND
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
INJ
h-'
Cxi
CAPITAL
PREVIOUS CASH BALANCE
REVENUES
APPROPRIATIONS
BONDING
MISC. INCOME
0.
0.
1500000.
120000000.
CURRENT
PREVIOUS CASH BALANCE 8331,
REVENUES
APPROPRIATIONS 12000000.
BONDING 64040000.
MISC. INCOME 0.
FED/STATE AID 556500.
TOTAL
121500000.
TOTAL
76596'500.
EXPENDITURES
CONSTRUCTION
LAND PURCHASE
MISCELLANEOUS
36000000.
5000.
0.
EXPENDITURES
WELFARE PAYMENTS
GOODS + SERVICES
MISCELLANEOUS
SALARIES
BONO PAYMENTS
57716000.
3380000.
0.
7400000.
860675?.,
TOTAL
36005000.
TOTAL
76602752.
NEW CASH BALANCE
R5495000.
NEW CASH BALANCE
2079.
-------
planning and Zoning Department Report
This one-page output summarizes the amount of park-
land and public institutional land provided by the depart-
ment and the financial status of the department.
The department has the power to purchase land for parks
and to develop parkland into public institutional (museums,
zoos, etc.) land uses. Park facilities affect where people
select housing.
The department also has the power to zone land to
restrict what types of economic developments can be
constructed on specific parcels. The department can
greatly affect the pattern and rate of growth in the
jurisdiction.
Further details on Planning and Zoning are contained
in the description of the maps which most directly relate
to this department.
213
-------
Figure 6.10
************************************************************
TWDCITY
PLANNING ฃ ZONING DEPARTMENT REPORT JURISDICTION I
************************************************************
****!********
ROUND ?
** **********
THE POPULATION IS 123000
TOTAL PARKLAND IS 3.96 SQUARE MILES
TOTAL INSTITUTIONAL LAND IS 0.0 SQUARE MILES
POPULATION PER SQUARE MJLE OF INSTITUTIONAL LAND IS
(NATIONAL AVERAGE IS 100000)
THERE ARE NO OUTSTANDING BONDS
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
PREVIOUS CASH BALANCE
REVENUES
APPROPRIATIONS
BONDING
MISCELLANEOUS
?000000.
2000000,
0.
0.
TOTAL
2000000.
EXPENDITURES
PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS
BOND PAYMENTS
LAND PURCHASE
MISCELLANEOUS
0.
0.
0.
380000.
TOTAL
NEW CASH IMLANCE
380000.
362000C.
214
-------
Highway Department Output
The Highway Department controls the construction of
roads and terminals and the maintenance of roads. Roads
are located between parcels and consume land from Loth
adjoining parcels; a terminal is located at corners of
parcels (intersection) and consumes land from the four
parcels which border the intersection. Roads are used by
population units to travel to and from employment and shop
locations and by basic industry and commercial establish-
ments to transport products to terminals and to purchase
the necessary goods and services for maintenance and normal
operations. Population units travel to work during peak-
hour travel only.
There are three types of highways: HY1, HY2, HY3.
An HY3 is the largest road, and the cheapest to travel on.
The type of road determines its design capacity in terms
of the number of vehicles which it can handle without
congestion when it is in the best condition. Highways
depreciate as a function of use. The value ratio of a
segment of highway is the percent of its design capacity
which it can actually handle. The lower the value ratio
of a road, the less its effective capacity.
Road congestion occurs when there are more vehicles
using a road segment than can be handled by the road.
Congestion is recorded only during peak-hour travel. When
congestion occurs, it takes additional time for population
units to travel along the congested road segment. The
amount of additional time is directly proportional to the
amount of congestion on the highway. For example, if the
peak-hour congestion is 110%, the time to travel a road is
10% greater than otherwise. Time consumed in transportation
to and from work affects the allocation of leisure time in
the social sector.
Terminals are used by heavy industry, light industry,
and business goods. Industries use terminals to ship
output to national demanders and BG receives goods from
national suppliers.
Highway Department Finances
The Highway Department receives income to its current
and capital accounts from various sources. These include
appropriations, Federal-State aid, bonds, and miscellaneous
income. Appropriations are distributed to the current and/
or capital accounts of the department by the Chairman. The
215
-------
Figure 8.14
i N 4 x e i ซ i r t r a * i
CSPITH
PBfVIOUS ?ปH>ซCE
0.0
0.0
PFf)CeU/STปTฃ it
0.0
a.n
o.n
i.o
o.o
O^ROPRHTIONS
New BOND)US
HUCElUNEnuS
TOTปl HF.VENUE
i 50000(1.00
STOOOO.OO
0.0
t TTOOOO.OO
ft.O
o.o
0.0
0.0
(EXPENDITURES
*0ปn fJ
90ซo PAYMENTS
TOTH EXCENDITIOFS
NEW r.aLปwtE
90U.OO
!3
JMTEREST'
HซTF
1.0
J.n
6MNUAL
PSYYEKT
MII.F5
in
l>
li
O.A
o.s
i.O
216
-------
Figure 8.14 (Cont'd)
ซnป0 CONDITIONS R F F 0 ซ F MAINTENANCE
VALUF ซปTIO HOAOS
15 - 90 . ป5l* 9M1 9S2? 8S?1 9023 9723 9*23 8827 8721 9128 9130 7011 7211 7*31 7411
.000000060010000
. 78JI 8011 8211 C.31 1134 8730
000000
ป12ป ซ027 1727 9*77 9731 8631 8811 8712 9031 8831 891* 901?
31 29 29 57 99 10 4* 35 ซ8 26 19 13
ปซe Kfl ROADS IN THIS JURISDICTION WITH VALUE RATIOS BELOW B5
milON ASnuNT inCATIOM AMOUNT LOCATION WCL'NT LOCATION AMOUNT LOCATION AMOUNT
8A-7? <, ""-22 * 00-27 * 97-73 * 9*-22 *
86-2* * 88-7* * 90-2* * 92-2* * 9*-2* *
FFtlfRiL/ STATF AID AVAILABLE fO" HIGHWAY CONSTRUCT ION
217
-------
department must request Federal-State aid for road
construction from the computer and if it is granted, the
aid can be used only for the approved project. The
department does not receive the aid until the approved
project is performed. Current bonds are automatically
floated by the computer if the current expenditures of
the department exceed its current revenue. Current bonds
have a duration of two years and the interest rate is set
by the computer. Capital bonds may be floated for the
department by the Chairman subject to a referendum by the
social sector. Capital bonds have a duration of 25 years
and the interest rate is set by the computer. Miscellan-
eous income includes such items as cash transfers to the
capital or current account of the department and income
from the sale of land (capital account only).
The Highway Department spends money on road mainten*
ance, bond payments, miscellaneous, construction and land
purchase.
The Highway Department must purchase business goods
(BG) and business services (BS) for the maintenance and/
or renovation of its roads. BG and BS are purchased by
the Highway Department at fixed costs from the Outside
System. Bond payments include payments on interest
and principal of outstanding capital and current bonds
floated by the department. Miscellaneous expenditures
involve cash transfers from the capital or current
accounts of the department to an economic, social, or
governmental decision-maker, or from one account to
another account.
Each outstanding bond is listed on the bond table,
one row per bond. The first item-is the type of bond,
capital or current. A capital bond has a term of 25
years; a current bond has a term of 2 years. The original
principal, remaining term, interest rate, and annual pay-
ment are given. The remaining term is the number of
rounds after the current round in which the department must
make the annual payment. The annual payment is calculated
by the computer to pay off the bond in equal installments
each year, and the payment is made automatically by the
computer from the department's current account.
Below the outstanding bond table is a table which
shows the maintenance level, number of segments, and
average depreciation of each road type. The Highway
Department specified a road maintenance level by road type,
not for each individual road segment.
218
-------
The next table shows the location of road segments at
each value ratio (depreciated value before maintenance).
Below a road's coordinates is its congestion, the amount
which the road is used in peak-hour transportation in
excess of its effective capacity. If a road showed a
congestion of 30, it would have 30% more use it could
effectively handle.
The detail on terminals shows the location, level,
design capacity (in terminal units), and terminal units
used there.
The location and amount of land (in percent of a
parcel) is shown for all undeveloped land owned by the
department.
Last, a table shows the locations of roads for which
Federal-State aid has been granted but which have yet to
be constructed. The road type for which the aid has been
approved is also shown.
Highway Department Construction Table
This output shows the site location, type of con-
struction (road or terminal), and old and new level of
development of all construction or demolition decisions
input by the department and accepted by the computer
during the previous round.
219
-------
Bus and Rail Company Reports
Although the Bus and Rapid Rail Companies are separate
quasi-private departments, they will be treated in the same
section due to the similarities between the two. Neither is
limited to a single jurisdiction; both have interjurisdictional
authority.
The Bus Company and Rapid Rail Company provide additional
modes of transportation, (besides automobile) to the popu-
lation units who live and work in the simulated area. Pop-
ulation units take bus or rail to work only; they do not use
either mode of transportation for shopping.
The Bus and Rapid Rail Companies own rolling stock with
three possible levels of service (1,2, and 3). Level of
service indicates the actual number of buses or railroad cars
which may serve a particular route.
The number of passengers (capacity that can be effectively
served by a rail or bus route) is determined by its level of
service. The design capacity of a bus or rail route is not
necessarily its effective capacity- Effective capacity is
determined by multiplying the value ratio of equipment
divided by 100 times the design capacity. Effective capacity
can be further reduced by employment. If the Bus or Rapid
Rail Company receives only 75% of the employees which it
requested, the actual effective capacity of that route is
75% of what it would be if the entire employment needs had
been met.
It must be noted, however, that effective capacity does
not refer to the number of people who actually use a bus or
rail. A bus or rail route may serve fewer or more people than
its effective capacity. For example, the bus service with
an effective capacity of 5,000 may actually be used by 6,000
people. In such a case the computer has decided that for
these people, despite the overcrowding, it is still cheaper
in terms of time and money to take a bus rather than another
mode of transportation.
The Bus and Rapid Rail Companies do not buy individual
pieces of rolling stock. Rather, they purchase units of
equipment for each mile of service. Forty units of equip-
ment are required to operate a bus (level of service = 1)
for one segment and 80 units of equipment are required to
operate a rail (level of service =1) for one mile. Equipment
is purchased from the Outside System.
220
-------
Bus and rail equipment which is used depreciates at an
average rate each round. Goods and services for maintenance
are automatically purchased from the Outside System (i.e.,
the computer) at fixed prices.
The Bus and Rail Companies employ workers from middle
income population units (PM) only. They obtain their workers
through the usual employment process handled by the computer.
One PM (160 workers) supplies 1,000 units of labor and 50
units of labor are required to operate a bus (level of ser-
vice = 1) or rail (level of service = 1) for one mile. One
PM of workers therefore serves 20 miles of a BUS1 or RAILl.
Passengers are assigned to travel to work by bus and/or
rail by the computer. The basis upon which a population unit
may or may not be assigned to bus or rail transportation is
the dollar value of their time. This value is assigned by
social decision-makers.
Those population units with the lowest dollar value of
time will take the cheapest but probably the longest route of
transportation to work. Those population units with a high
dollar value of time will take a more expensive but quicker
mode of transportation to work.
The following example will demonstrate how the computer
considers the dollar value of time. Let us say the trans-
portation costs of a population unit are $150 per year to get
to work by bus and $320 to get to work by auto. It also re-
quires an extra 4 time units to travel by bus instead of
auto. If the dollar value of time for that population unit
was set at $40, it would cost them $150 plus 4 units times
$40 (dollar value) or $310 to get to work by bus. To take
auto, it costs $320 (no extra time units consumed). There-
fore, the computer would assign the population the bus mode
to travel to work (i.e., $310 < $320).
In the same case, suppose the dollar value of time was
set to $50. Then, the total bus cost would be $150 plus 4
time units times $50 (dollar value) or $350. Auto would
cost only $320. Therefore, the computer would assign these
population units the auto mode to work (i.e., $320 <: $350).
Once a PI takes bus or rail on the trip to work, it can
no longer consider auto to be a modal option during that
trip.
221
-------
Buses travel along roads and trains go along tracks. The
Bus Company must therefore specify routes only on existing high-
ways, while the Rail Department can have routes wherever they
build tracks, including on the diagonal across parcels and
either overground or underground. Routes must begin and end
at intersections. Further, although bus and rail transport
workers to and from their place of employment, the direction
of the route is specified in order to meet residence to work
demands. For example, assume that people live in the parcels
above the line 15 and that most employment locations are at
parcels 7018, 7020 and 7220.
70 72 *1 74 78 80 82 SH 84
ปi"
u.
0
uป
*
,
lfc.
20.
g
A
L : L. '
ป 0
Ife
LI L. '.
i
i
s
f J
Wi^-
...* '
ป
W- W*
t *
* *
ซ
L. i i
ฎ
i,, .^
jpp
^^
r '
.
i
*
g
*
\
t
4
.*
_ ซ
L SL . L.
* t
,.^p,.,. ............
i^ซ L. L
L,*
....
....
....
t t
....
...ป
....
....
...
....
....
ซ .
. *
^ .
* *
* *
* .
.
f
ซ ซ
.
. *
. .
. .
*
.
. .
= work area IBM = rail routes
= living areas ., = bus routes
- railroad stations
The routes that should be specified are the morning routes
that bring people to work. In this instance they are 7113 to
7119 (for bus) and 7713 to 7119 (for rail). A bus stops at
every intersection but a rail will stop only where there are
stations and there can only be stations at intersections. In
the example above therefore, the rail has three stops: 7713,
7515, and 7119. In planning routes decision-makers for bus
222
-------
and rail will often discover that a key element involves the
proximity of stops to parcels where the greatest number of
people work and/or live.
Although buses do not require land (they operate on
highways), surface rail tracks require land (on either side)
per mile. A diagonal track requires land from each parcel
which it crosses. All land must be purchased by the company
prior to the construction of tracks. Underground rail tracks
not require land.
Financial Report
Like the Utility Department, the Bus and Rapid Rail
Companies are quasi-private departments and therefore do not
receive direct appropriations from the Chairman. Both
companies, however, can receive income from any of the
following sources:
1. Subsidies. These are public subsidies granted by
the Chairman to the current or capital accounts of either
company.
2. Bonds. Current bonds are automatically floated by
the computer if the current expenditures of either company
exceed current revenues. Current bonds have a duration of
two years and the interest rate is set by the computer.
Capital bonds may be floated for either company by the Chair-
man subject to a referendum by the social sector. Capital
bonds have a duration of 25 years and the interest rate is
determined by the computer.
3. Fares. The primary source of income for the Bus
Company and Rail Company is the fares which they charge to
passengers who use their service. Fares are deducted by the
computer from the accounts of population units represented by
social decision-makers on 'the basis of 250 trips to work and
250 trips from work each year (round). The fare charged by
the company is for a single worker-trip; the yearly amount is
calculated based on two trips per day, five days per week
fifty weeks per year (i.e., single.trip fare times 500).
4. Miscellaneous. These revenues include such items
as cash transfers to the capital or current accounts of either
company and income from the sale of land (capital account of
Rail Company only).
223
-------
Figure 8.It a
DARTMOUTH ROUND SEVEN
BLUECITY
BUS COMPANY REPORT
HOUND 7
FINANCIAL REPORT
CAPITAL
CURRENT
PREVIOUS BALANCE
200000,
PREVIOUS BALANCE
* 20
-------
Expenditures
The Bus and the Rail Companies spend money on the following
items:
1. Vehicle Maintenance. This includes the cost of
maintenance and renovation costs of vehicles owned by the
companies. It involves purchases of goods and services at
fixed prices from the Outside System (i.e., the computer).
2. Salaries. Since both companies hire middle income
(PM) workers, they must offer competitive salaries.
3. Bond Payments. These include payments on interest
and principal of any outstanding capital or current bonds
floated by either company.
4. Miscellaneous. These expenditures include cash
transfers from the capital or current accounts of the company
to an economic or social or governmental decision-maker, or
from one account to another account.
5. Vehicle Purchase. This is a capital expenditure for
the purchase of rolling stock. One unit of equipment (either
bus or rail) has a fixed cost of $10,000. If any stock is
sold, this item will subtract the selling price of stock and
may indicate a negative number which will be credited to the
capital account of the company. The selling price of a unit
of equipment is defined as: .50 times value ratio of equip-
ment/100 times the original purchase cost of a unit of equip-
ment.
6. Station Construction. (Rail Company only). This
includes expenditures for building stations.
7. Track Construction. (Rail Company only). This
includes expenditures for the construction of rail tracks.
The cost of diagonal tracks is a function of the hypotenuse
of the triangle formed by the rail segment. This relation-
ship is explained below:
Distance for Diagonal Rapid Rail Segments
Horizontal Distance Between Stations
12345
Vertical
distance
between
stations
1
2
3
4
5
1.414
2.236
3.162
4.123
5.099
2.236
2.828
3.606
4.472
5.385
3.162
3.606
4.243
5.000
5.831
4.123
4.472
5.000
5.657
6.403
5.090
5.385
5.831
6.403
7.071
225 >
-------
8. Land Purchase. (Rail Company only). This item in-
cludes expenditures for land purchased from the governmental
or economic sectors or from the Outside System (i.e., the
computer).
Employment
As the Bus and Rail Companies hire employees (PM's) in
groups of 160 workers, it is in the companies' interest to
keep the total combination of service level and route lengths
such that "Personnel Required" is equal to or slightly below
a multiple of 160. For example, if 328 personnel are re-
quired, three PM's would be requested and paid for although
only slightly more than 2 PM's would be utilized. Personnel
requirements can be calculated using route miles and level
of service.
Rolling Stock
Units Owned is the total number of equipment units owned
by the company; purchase or sales of equipment are shown here.
Units in Use is equal to the units required up to a max-
imum of Units Owned; Units in Use is the number of equipment
units which undergo depreciation.
Serviceable Units is Units Owned times the Average Value
Ratio/100."
One of the considerations entering into the passenger
capacity of a route is the "effective" number of units/mile
operating on that route (employment and level of service are
the other considerations). Each mile of level one route has
a requirement of 40 equipment units for full capacity. The
total requirement for the system is summed under Units Re-
quired. The actual number of units used is the lesser of
Units in Use or Serviceable Units. For example, if the units
required is 400 and there are only 200 serviceable units,
then the passenger capacity is half of the desired capacity
of the system.
Passengers
The number under Total Passengers includes transfers
from one route to another which is done at no cost. There-
fore, they are not all full paying passengers on that route.
Passengers who transfer between modes pay costs for each
mode. That is, a worker who drove to a bus station, took
a bus to a rail station, and took the rail to his place of
employment would pay an auto cost and separate fares to the
Bus and Rail Companies.
226 "
-------
In order to economically carry passengers, Bus and Rail
routes must take Pi's from where they live (or from where they
can economically drive to where they work). Thus, it is im-
portant both that the routes have stops (or stations) in many
residential locations (and in higher residential density lo-
cations) and that the routes provide access to a number of
work locations. It would be very uneconomical to have a
long winding route through low density residences terminating
near only one or two employment locations. (Typical cost/mile
and break-even fares are noted in the Master Tables.) As
mentioned in the Players' Manual, the routes are directional
and are specified to carry workers from residences to their
employment location; if a route is specified A)B)CปD,
the route would not carry passengers from C to B. A new
route C>B would have to be specified.
Routes
This portion of the output indicates by route where the
bus or rail stops, how many passengers got off at that stop,
how many got on, and how many passengers are riding between
stops. This information indicates what portions of a route
are underutilized and which are overcrowded and thus should
affect decisions involving extending, deleting, or upgrading
a particular route. The figure for Total Passengers under
the transit summary is the sum of all passengers riding
the given route, not their distribution; i.e., a route
(level 1) may have 9,000 total passengers, but yet be dis-
tributed in such a manner that no segment of the route is
overcrowded. Data on which segments are overcrowded would
come from the Routes ,output. If a route is highly over-
crowded in,one round, the computer will probably assign a
much lower ridership the following round.
Additional information for each PI on where they live,
where they work, and mode, route and cost of transportation
is given in the Employment Detail.
227
-------
Figure 8.17a
ROUTE NUMBER STOPS
101 8S3J .->>> 8731 > >> 893! >>>- fS3l ->>>-ซ ?33J .->-.>..>
0 1360 1360 1080 0 290 0 28ซJO 3120 920 i&O 2360 160 760 2960
?- 9531
2960 0 0
j02 8731 --> >--> 8729 ->ซ-> >ซป S727 >>>- 8927 >->.ซ>-. 9}27 -->ป-> >
0 1600 1800 0 3210 5Q10 0 360 SซIOO 0 1720 7120 2000 320 Stt'O
9327 .->> >-. 9S27 -> >-->-ป 9727 -=>ป.>->ป. 9927 = >ซ->ซ->- 10127 ->>-->
1680 0 3760 6QO 200 3360 3360 00000000
-- 10327 .-> >--> 10527 > >ซ> 10727 --> >>-. }0927
000000000000
JOS 9137 -->ซ->-->-. 9337 ->>-.->-. 9537 -> >-> 9535 ซ>> >- 9533 >> >
0000 120 120 0 L 120 210 0 0 2"ปo 12Q- i?20 20^0
9531
2010 0 0
105 9531 .-> >-->- 9731 -->-->-->-ป ?f3t ป->>.ป>-ซ 10131 <>> > 10331 >> >
0 t!20 <(i20 11--> 10731 -->>->-. I0?31 >>> 10929 >ป>ปซ>- 10927 -> >>
2720 0 610 0 0 6HO 6 >-->.. 10527 > >> 10327 ->-.>.->- JQ127 -> > > 1-0125 >->>
000000000000000
"- 10S23 ป-> >> 9923 --> >--> 9723 --> >>-. 9S23 ซ>> > 9S21
0000000 1200 1200 0 BOO 2000 2000 0 0
106 10127 > >--> ??27 ซ->ป->-->-. 9727 .->-.>->.ซ 9ง27 > >.-> 9525 .-> >,->
0 880 880 180 1|20 1520 960 0 560 S60 00000
- 9523 > >-->.ป 9521
000000
LESENOI - SSSSSป >>> SSSSS IS INTERSECTION OF STOP, IF LAST STOP IN 20NC
FFFFF NNNNN PPPPP FFFFF IS NUHBE* OF PEOPLE SฃTT|NS OFF. NNNNN IS NUMBE8 OF PEOPLE GETTING ON
PPPPP is NUMBER OF PASSENGERS ON VEHICLE BETซEEN STOPS
-------
APPENDIX: SEQUENCE OF COMPUTER PRINT-OUT
Sequence of Computer Print-Out
Although sections of the computer output can be dis-
tributed in any order and in any combination to players,
it is printed in a fixed order with which the director
should become familiar. The overall order of output is:
1. Migration
2. Water System
3. Employment
4. Commercial Allocation
5. Social Sector
6. Economic Sector
7. Social and Economic Summaries
8. Government Detail
9. Summary Statistics
10. Maps
Within each of these major output sections there are
several subsections. An additional section of print-out
results from the processing of decisions on a data base.
That print-out, called EDIT, has no fixed sequence within
it; the order of decision input is the order in which EDIT
processes and lists player and director decisions. The
EDIT print-out is separate from the print-outs listed
above. These print-outs reflect the simulated region's
status in response to the previous year's data base and
any changes made to it through EDIT.
Each subsection of output has its own title, but on
every subsection the heading for the data base and the round
number are printed. A list of the titles of print-out
sections in the order in which they are printed and a des-
cription of each are given below and are summarized on
the next page.
Print-Out Section
1. Migration
Environmental
Indexes
Description
For each class which can live on
each residence parcel, this shows
the value of each component of
the environmental index based on
last round's pollution index, MS
use index and school use index
and this round's residence quality,
rent, tax rates, and welfare rates.
229
-------
RIVER BASIN MODEL OUTPUT
1. Migration
2. Water System
3. Emplcyrrent
1.1 Environmental Indexes
1.2 PcrsonaT'Indexes
1.3 Dissatisfaction Cutoffs
1.4 Migration Detail
1.5 .Migration Statistics
1.6 Migration Summary
2.1 Water User Effluent Content
2.2 River Quality During Surface Water Process
2.3 Water User Costs and Consumption
2.4 Coliform and Pollution Index Values -
3.1 Employment Selection Information for PL Class
3.2 Employment Selection Information for PM Class
3.3 Employment Selection Information for PH Class
3.4 Part-Tir.ic Kork Allocation for PH Class
3.5 Part-Time Work Allocation' for PM Class
3.6 Part-Time Work Allocation for PL Class
3.7 Employment Summary
4. Commercial Allocation
Personal Goods Allocation Summary
5. Social Sector
6. Economic Sector
7.
ro
OJ
O
4.2 Personal Services Allocation Summary
4.3 Business Goods Allocation Summary
4.4 Business Services Allocation Summary
4.5 Government Contracts
4.6 Terminal Demand and Supply Table
4.7 Terminal Allocation Map
5.1 Dollar Value of Time
5.2 Social Decision-Maker Output
5.3 Social Boycotts
6.1 Farm Output
6.2 Residence Output
6.3 Basic Industry Output
6.4 Commercial Output
6,5 Economic Boycott Status
6.6 New construction Table
6.7 Land Summary
6,8 Loan Statement
6.9 Financial Summary
Social and Economic Summaries
7.1 Number of Levels of Economic Activity Con-
trolled by Teams
7.2 Employment Centers
7.3 Economic Control Summary for Teams
7.4 Social Control Summary for Teams
7.5 Social Control Summary Totals
7.6 Economic Graphs for Teams
7.7 Social Graphs for Teams
8. Government Detail S.I Assessment Report
8.2 Water Department Reports
S.3 Sampling Station Report: Point Source Quality
8.4 Sampling Station Report: Ambient Quality
8.5 Utility Department Report
8.6 Utility Department Finances
8.7 Municipal Services Department Report
8.8 Municipal Services Department Finances
3.9 Municipal Services Department Construction Table
8.10 Planning and Zoning Department Report
8.11 School Department Report
8.12 School Department Finances
8.13 School Department Construction Table
8.14 Highway Department Finances
8.15 Highway Department Construction Table
8.16 Rail Company Report
S.17 Dus Company J-eport
3.16 Chairman Department Finances
3.19 Tax Summary
8.20 Financial Sum.-iary
9. Suminary Statistics 9.1 Demographic and Economic Statistics
10. Maps
10.1 Personal Goods Allocation Map
10.2 Personal Services Allocation Map
10.3 Business Commercial Allocation Map
10.4 Municipal Service Map
10.5 School Map
10.6 Utility Map
10.7 Water Usage Map
10.8 Water Quality Map
10.9 Municipal Treatment
10.10 Municipal Intake and Outflow Point Map
10.11 Surface Water Map
10.12 Farm :tu.noff Map
10.13 River Basin Flood Plain Map
10.14 Farm Map
10.15 Farm Assessed and Market Value Map
10.16 Market Value Kap
10.17 Assessed Value Map
10.18 Economic Status Map
10.19 Highway Map
10.20 Planning and Zoning Map
10.21 Parkland Usage Map
10.22 Socio-Eco.nc.~ic Distribution Map
10.23 Demographic Map
10.24 Social Decision-Maker Map
10.25 Topographical Restriction.Map
10.26 Government Status Map
-------
Print-Out Section
Personal Indexes
Migration Detail
Migration
Statistics
Migration Summary
Description
For each class living on each
residence parcel, this shows the
value of each component of the
personal index based on last
round's time allocation, resi-
dential crowding, MS use index,
and coliform bacteria index.
For each residence parcel and for
each class which lived on the
parcel immediately before or
after the migration program ran,
this shows the number of Pi's
in the class now residing on the
parcel and of those who moved,
why they moved and where they
came from and went to.
Number of in-migrants, out-
migrants , internal migrants,
and natural population growth
by jurisdiction and class.
The number of Pi's who moved
between or within jurisdictions
by class, by jurisdiction and by
reason for moving.
2. Water System
Water User
Effluent Content
For each economic activity and
municipal water system, the
volume of effluent dumped into
the surface water and the amount
of each pollutant in the effluent
after the effluent has received
any treatment.
River Quality During For each of the five stages in
Surface Water Process the surface water process and
for the surface water on each
parcel through which a river
flows, this shows the water
quality rating, the volume of
water, and the amount of each
pollutant present.
231
-------
Print-Out Section
Description
Water User Costs and
Consumption
Coliform and
Pollution Index
Values
3. Employment
Employment Selection
Information for Low-
Income Class
Employment Selection
Information for
Middle Income Class
This shows for each economic
activity the amount of water
which it required, the amount
which it obtained from its nor-
mal source and the cost which it
paid to purchase water, to treat
its intake water, to recycle
water and to treat its effluent.
Map showing, for each parcel con-
taining surface water, the coli-
form count and the water quality
rating. The pollution indexes
for such parcels and for parcels
bordering parcels containing
surface water are also shown.
Tabular output showing the place
of residence of all Pi's, their
employers, the number of Pi's
not employed and employed by
each employer, the salary of
each employer, the time units
consumed in transportation to
work, the cost of using an auto
to go to work, the costs using
a bus and/or rail to go to work,
and the route used to travel to
work whether by auto or public
transit.
Tabular output showing the place
of residence of all Pi's, their
employers, the number of Pi's
not employed and employed by
each employer, the salary of
each employer, the time units
consumed in transportation to
work, the cost of using an auto
to go to work, the costs using
a bus and/or rail to go to work,
and the routes used to travel to
work whether byr auto or public
transit.
232
-------
Print-Out Section
Description
Employment Selection
Information For High
Income Class
Part-Time Work
Allocation For High
Income Class
Part-Time Work
Allocation for
Middle Income Class
Part-Time Work
Allocation for Low
I.ncome Class
Employment Summary
4. Commercial Allocation
Personal Goods
Allocation Summary
Tabular output showing the place
of residence of all Pi's, their
employers, the number of Pi's
not employed and employed by
each employer, the salary of
each employer, the time units
consumed in transportation to
work, the cost of using an auto
to go to work, the costs using
a bus and/or rail to go to work,
and the routes used to travel
to work whether by auto or public
transit.
Tabular list of residence loca-
tion of part-time workers, their
employers, the number of part-
time units spent working, and
the yearly salary rate.
Tabular list of residence loca-
tion of part-time workers, their
employers, the number of part-
time time units spent working
and the yearly salary rate.
Tabular list of residence loca-
tion of part-time workers, their
employers, the number of part-
time time units spent working
and the yearly salary rate.
Information by class and total
for the number of Pi's employed
at their design level or at
lower levels, the number unem-
ployed, the total number of
Pi's, the part-time units worked,
and the number of jobs full time
that were not filled by the lo-
cal labor force.
Tabular output showing the i-
dentification number assigned
to each PG establishment, its
233
-------
Print-Out Section
Personal Services
Allocation Summary
Business Goods
Allocation Summary
Business Services
Allocation Summary
Terminal Allo-
-cation Summary
Description
location, owner, level, ef-
fective capacity, actual
capacity used, price, and gross
sales. For each customer it
shows the store to which it is
assigned, the customer loca-
tion and type or class, the cus-
tomer's owner, the consumption
units (including those for main-
tenance and recreation), trans-
portation costs (shadow costs
in the case of residences) the
purchase cost (total cost in
the case of residences), and
total cost.
This is identical in format to
the Personal Goods Allocation
Summary but gives details re-
garding personal services.
For businesses which require
business goods, the format is
the same as for personal goods.
In addition, there is a section
called Government Contracts
which shows, for each school
and MS department, how many con-
sumption units it purchases from
each business goods establishment,
This is identical in format to
the Business Goods Allocation
Summary but gives details re-
garding business services.
Tabular list of the location,
business type (land use), and
terminal requirements of each
terminal user. Each terminal
is assigned an identification
number and its location, level,
and usage are noted.
23?
-------
Terminal Allocation
Map
Social Sector*
Dollar Value of Time
Social Decision-
Maker Output
Social Boycotts
Economic Sector**
Farm Output
Description
Map showing the code number of
the terminal to which each ter-
minal use? in the local system
is assigned.
This table shows, by team and
by class, the dollar value of a
time unit spent in travel.
By jurisdiction, by social de-
cision-maker, and by class, a
table in which each social char-
acteristic is a row and each res-
idence parcel is a column. The
characteristics are descriptive
and financial.
Detail on who is boycotting, what
function they are boycotting,
and similar details about social
boycotts appear on this output.
Tabular list, one row per farm,
showing the farm code number,
farm type, number of parcels
comprising the farm, number of
percents of parcels comprising
the farm, the farm's fertilizer
level, normal income, actual in-
come, land taxes, and total net
income.
*The dollar value of time prints a table for each jur-
isdiction, although at this time the value is set for a team
and class without regard to jurisdiction. The rest of the
social detail prints in order of jurisdiction number, within
that in alphabetical order, and within that in order of class
(low first, high last). Output for any classes which a team
does not control in a jurisdiction is not printed. Likewise,
a class having no boycotts receives no boycott output.
**The economic output prints by team in alphabetical order.
All of a single team's output is printed before the next_team's
output begins. A team for which a section pf output is ir-
relevant does not receive that section of output. For example,
a team with no residences receives no residence output. Like-
wise, a team which has no loans outstanding as either a debtor
or a creditor does not receive a loan summary. All active
teams receive financial summaries.
235
-------
Print-Out Section
Residence Output
Business Output
Construction
Industry Output
Construction
Industries' Contract
Table
Economic Boycott
Status
New Construction
Table
Land Summary
Description
Tabular list of descriptive and
financial information about
each residence parcel which the
decision-maker controls.
Tabular list of descriptive and
financial information about each
business which the decision-
maker controls. All basic in-
dustries are grouped together
and precede the group of per-
sonal commercial and business
commercial.
Tabular list of descriptive and
financial information about each
construction industry which the
decision-maker controls.
Description of all contracts
made by construction industries
controlled by the decision-
maker .
Detail on all boycotts in which
the decision-maker is either the
party boycotting or the party
being boycotted.
Detail on all construction contracts
in which the decision-maker is the
contractee.
Tabular list of the location of
parcels owned by a team, their
assessed value, percent that is
undeveloped and private, the
taxes on undeveloped land, the
percent publicly developed and
undeveloped, the percent un-
developable because of topo-
graphical constraints, the utility
capacity available and used.
236
-------
Print-Out Section
Loan Statement
Financial Summary
7. Social and Economic
Summaries
Number of Levels of
Economic Activity
Controlled by Teams
Employment Centers
Economic Control
Summary*
Description
Tabular list showing borrower,
lender, interest rate, years re-
maining on the loan, the original
principal, and the annual payment
A cash flow statement showing ex-
penditures and income, a port-
folio of conservative and spec-
ulative stocks, a balance sheet
of assets and liabilities, and
the amount which the decision-
maker can borrow.
A table listing the number of
levels of each economic activity
controlled by each team.
Table showing the locations,
number of job openings, number
of Pi's hired, and salaries of-
fered by Federal-State Em-
ployers; table showing, for
each local government employer,
the location of its employment
center.
For each non-farm economic ac-
tivity, this table shows its
location, type and operating
level of activity, production
index (0-100) or occupancy
rate (0-120), net income, and
rate of return.
*This table prints for each economic team in
alphabetical order.
237
-------
Print-Out Section
Social Control
Summary*
Social Control
Summary
Economic Control
Summary
Social Control
Summary
Description
For each class living on each
parcel controlled by a single
two-letter social decision-
maker, this table shows the res-
idence location, class, gross
income per worker, family
savings and total dissatisfaction
(quality of life index).
By jurisdiction and by class,
the number of Pi's controlled
by each social decision-maker.
This prints two graphs for each
economic decision-maker, in al-
phabetical order. The first is,
for up to ten rounds, the aver-
age net income from the team's
economic activities each round,
expressed as a ratio of the
first round's net income. The
second is a ten-round history
of the average rate-of-return
of the team's economic activities,
expressed as a percent.
This prints two graphs for each
social decision-maker, in al-
phabetical order. The first is
a ten-round history of the average
net income earned by each class
which the team has controlled.
The second is a ten-round his-
tory of the average quality-of-
life index of each class which
the team has controlled.
*This table prints for each social decision-maker
in alphabetical order.
238
-------
Print-Out Section
Description
Government Detail*
Assessment Report
Water Department
Reports
Sampling Station
Report: Point
Source Quality
Sampling Station
Report; Ambient
Quality
Utility Department
Report
List of assessment ratios,
special assessments and other
policies set by the Assessor.
List of intake and outflow treat-
ment plant locations, levels,
types, capacities, operating
costs, volume treated, income,
intake and outflow point lo-
cations , prices charged to
municipal water users, pollu-
tant concentration in municipal
effluent (for those districts
which are sampled).
For those economic activities
whose effluent is sampled by
the local government, this
shows the volume of effluent and
the concentration of each pol-
lutant after any treatment.
For any parcel on which the
jurisdiction measures the quality
of the surface water leaving
the parcel, this output shows
the concentration of each
pollutant.
Tabular list of utility plants,
their location, level, units in-
stalled from each plant, units
served, total operating costs
per unit, and income derived
from charges. Also listed is
the charge per utility unit to
customers, undeveloped land
and outstanding bonds.
*A department's output is printed for all jurisdictions
before the next department's output is printed.
239
-------
Print-Out Section
Description
Utility Department
Finances
Municipal Services
Department Report
Municipal Services
Department Finances
Municipal Services
Department Con-
struction Table
Planning and Zoning
Department Report
School Department
Report
School Department
Finances
Summary of all current and
capital revenues, expenditures,
and new balances.
Tabular list of MS locations,
maintenance levels, value ratios,
effective capacities, loading
(units of capacity used), num-
ber PL and PM's working, and the
MS use indexes. Also shown are
the salary levels, contracts to
purchase BG and BS, the locations
of undeveloped land, and out-
standing bonds.
Summary of all current and capital
revenues, expenditures, and new
balances.
For each MS construction or
demolition, this shows the lo-
cation of the construction firm,
the MS location, the status of
construction, the old and new
level of the MS, the contracted
price, the maintenance level, and
the number of PL's and PM's
assigned to work at the MS. ,
Total jurisdiction population,
total amount of parkland, out-
standing bonds, and capital
revenues, expenditures, and
new balance.
Tabular data on school unit lo-
cations, levels, maintenance
levels, value ratios, students
attending, teachers, student-
teacher ratios, and use indexes.
Also data on undeveloped land,
BG and BS contracts and cost of
purchases, adult education sum-
mary, and several summary
school statistics.
Summary of all current and
capital revenues, expenditures,
and new balances.
240
-------
Print-Out Section
School Department
Construction Table
Highway Department
Report
Highway Department
Construction Table
Rail Company
Report
Description
For each school construction or
demolition, this shows the lo-
cation of the construction firm,
the school building location,
the status of construction, the
old and new level of the school,
the contracted price, the
amount of federal-state aid used1,
the maintenance level for the
school, and the number of PM's
and PH's assigned to work at
the School.
A financial report showing
capital and current expenditures
and revenues, outstanding bonds,
a summary of maintenance levels
and expenditures by road type,
a summary of road conditions,
a terminal status report, a
list of undeveloped land, and a
status report on available fed-
eral-state aid.
For each road or terminal con-
struction or demolition, this
shows the construction firm,
the location of the road or ter-
minal, the status, the old and
new level, the contracted price,
and the dollar amount of fed-
eral-state aid used.
A financial report showing
capital and current revenues and
expenditures, outstanding bonds,
employment costs, the amount
and condition of rolling stock,
the fare structure, passengers
and total fares by route, and
the number of passengers using
each segment of each route.
241
-------
Print-Out Section
Bus Company
Report
Chairman Department
Finances
Tax Summary
Financial Summary
9. Summary Statistics
Demographic and
Economic Statistics
Description
A financial report showing
capital and current revenues and
expenditures, outstanding bonds,
employment costs, the amount
and condition of rolling stock,
the fare structure, passengers
and total fares by route, and
the number of passengers using
each segment of each route.
This shows the welfare payment
per unemployed worker and the
financial summaries for munici-
pal services, schools, highways,
planning and zoning, utilities,
and the chairman's account.
Also included are the Chairman's
outstanding bonds.
Tabular list showing by the eight
types of local tax bases, the
dollar amount of the tax base,
the tax rate, and the revenue
generated.
Tabular list, for each depart-
ment, of current and capital
appropriations, federal-state
aid, total revenue, total ex-
penditures and final surplus or
deficit.
Tabular list by jurisdiction of
population and its character-
istics, land usage, housing,
employment, earnings, income
from the national economy, out-
flows to the national system,
and national business cycle
effects.
242
-------
Print-Out Section
Description
10. Maps
Personal Goods
Allocation Map
Personal Services
Allocation Map
Business Commercial
Allocation Map
Municipal Service
Map
School Map
Utility Map
Map showing the locations and
code numbers of all personal
goods establishments, locations
of all PG users, and the code
number of the PG to which each
PG user is assigned.
Map showing the locations and
code numbers of all personal
services establishments, lo-
cations of all PS users, and
the code number of the PS to
which each PS user is assigned.
Map showing the locations and
code numbers of all business
goods and business services
establishments, locations of
all BG and BS users, and the
code numbers of the BG and BS
to which each BG and BS user
is assigned.
Map showing the locations of
MS's and their districts, the
locations of economic activities,
the number of MS units drained
by each economic activity and
MS use indexes.
Map showing the locations of
schools and their districts,
school use indexes, and the
number of children on each
residence parcel attending
public and private schools.
Map showing the locations of
utility plants and their dis-
tricts, the number of utility
units installed on each parcel,
and the number of utility units
drained on each parcel.
243
-------
Print-Out Section
Description
Water Usage Map
Water Quality Map
Municipal Treatment
Plant Map
Municipal Intake
and Outflow Point
Map
Surface Water Map
Farm Funoff Map
River Basin Flood
Plain Map
Farm Map
Map shov/ing the locations of
economic activities, the per-
cent recycling at basic in-
dustries, and the type and
level of basic industries'
effluent treatment plants.
Map showing the locations of
economic activities, the surface
water quality on those parcels
having surface water, and the
pollutant which caused the
water quality rating.
Map showing locations, types
and levels of municipal intake
and outflow treatment plants.
Map showing locations of munici-
pal intake and outflow points
and the utility districts which
they serve.
Map shov/ing, for each parcel
having surface water, the volume
of water on the parcel, its rate
of flow, and the percent of the
surface area of the parcel
consumed by water.
Map showing for each farm its
type and where its runoff flows
into the surface v/ater.
Map showing the locations of
river basins, the dam priority
of each river basin, and the
flood susceptibility of each
parcel in the river basin.
Map showing the location of each
farm, its owner, its code num-
ber, the percent of each farm
parcel which is ,in farm use,
the type of farm, and its
fertilizer level.
244
-------
Print-Out Section
Farm Assessed and
Market Value Map
Market Value Map
Assessed Value Map
Economic Status Map
Highway Map
Planning and Zoning
Map
Description
Map showing, for each farm par-
cel , its assessed and market
value and the percent of the
parcel which is in farmland.
Map showing, for each privately-
owned non-farm parcel, the mar-
ket value of 100% of the land,
the market value of the pri-
vately-owned buildings, and the
total market value of the pri-
vately-owned land and buildings.
Map showing, for each privately-
owned non-farm parcel, the as-
sessed value of the privately-
owned land, the assessed value
of the privately-owned buildings,
and the total assessed value of
the privately-owned land and
buildings.
Map showing the economic sector
owner of each privately-owned
non-farm parcel, its zoning,
the type and level of economic
activity, the level of utilities
installed, and, for every par-
cel, the percent of the parcel
which is privately-owned and
undeveloped.
Map showing the locations and
types of roads and terminals
and the locations, types, and
levels of non-farm economic
activities.
Map showing the zoning classifi-
cation of those parcels which
are zoned, the percent of each
parcel which is parkland, and
the percent of each parcel
which is public,institutional
land.
245
-------
Print-Out Section
Parkland Usage Map
Socio-Economic
Distribution Map
Demographic Map
Description_
Map showing the percent of each
parcel which is in parkland or
public institutional use, the
population served by the park,
and the park's use index.
Map showing, for each residen-
tial parcel, the type and level
of housing and the number of
Pi's in each class living there.
Map showing the population (in
100's), percent occupancy, and
quality index (QI) for all resi-
dential parcels, and the value
ratio (VR) for all private non-
residential developments.
Social Decision-
Maker Map
Topographical
Restriction Map
Government Status
Map
Map showing, for each class living
on a residential parcel, the
social decision-maker which
controls the class on that
parcel.
Map showing the percent of each
parcel which is undevelopable
due to topographical or other
restrictions (e.g., mountains
or military bases).
Map showing the locations and
levels of schools, municipal
services, utility plants,
roads, and terminals.
246
------- |